1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "xml-syscall.h"
60 #include "parser-defs.h"
61 #include "gdb_regex.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
68 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
112 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
113 struct linespec_result *,
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
118 struct linespec_result *,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype,
120 enum bpdisp, int, int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
125 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
126 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
128 static void clear_command (char *, int);
130 static void catch_command (char *, int);
132 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
134 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
136 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
138 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
140 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
141 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
142 const struct symtab_and_line *);
144 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
146 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
147 struct symtab_and_line,
149 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
151 static struct breakpoint *
152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
154 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
157 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
159 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
163 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
164 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
165 struct obj_section *, int);
167 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
168 struct bp_location *loc2);
170 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
171 struct address_space *aspace,
174 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
176 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
178 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
179 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
181 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
183 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
185 static void commands_command (char *, int);
187 static void condition_command (char *, int);
196 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
197 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
199 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
201 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
203 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
205 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
207 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
209 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
211 int *other_type_used);
213 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
215 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
217 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
220 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
222 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
224 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
226 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
229 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
230 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
232 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
234 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
235 insert locations now. */
236 enum ugll_insert_mode
238 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
239 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
240 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
241 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
242 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
243 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
244 returns true on them.
246 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
247 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
248 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
249 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
250 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
251 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
255 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
256 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
259 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
260 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
261 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
262 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
263 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
264 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
265 as no thread is running yet. */
269 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode);
271 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode);
273 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
275 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
277 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
279 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
281 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
283 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
285 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
287 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
289 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num);
291 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
293 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
295 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
298 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
300 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
302 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
315 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
318 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
320 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
322 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
323 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
325 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
326 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
328 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
329 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
330 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
331 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
332 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
333 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
335 static const char dprintf_style_gdb[] = "gdb";
336 static const char dprintf_style_call[] = "call";
337 static const char dprintf_style_agent[] = "agent";
338 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums[] = {
344 static const char *dprintf_style = dprintf_style_gdb;
346 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
347 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
348 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
349 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
351 static char *dprintf_function = "";
353 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
354 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
355 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
356 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
357 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
358 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
359 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
361 static char *dprintf_channel = "";
363 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
365 static int disconnected_dprintf = 1;
367 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
368 breakpoints share a single command list. */
369 struct counted_command_line
371 /* The reference count. */
374 /* The command list. */
375 struct command_line *commands;
378 struct command_line *
379 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
381 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
384 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
385 current breakpoint. */
387 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
390 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
392 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
393 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
395 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
397 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
400 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
401 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
402 if such is available. */
403 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
406 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
407 struct cmd_list_element *c,
410 fprintf_filtered (file,
411 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
412 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
416 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
417 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
418 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
420 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
422 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
423 struct cmd_list_element *c,
426 fprintf_filtered (file,
427 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
428 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
432 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
433 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
434 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
435 use hardware breakpoints. */
436 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
438 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
439 struct cmd_list_element *c,
442 fprintf_filtered (file,
443 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
447 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
448 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
449 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
450 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
451 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
452 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
453 processing user input. */
454 static int always_inserted_mode = 0;
457 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
458 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
460 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
464 /* See breakpoint.h. */
467 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
469 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
471 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
472 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
473 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
476 else if (target_has_execution)
478 if (always_inserted_mode)
480 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
485 if (threads_are_executing ())
491 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
493 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
494 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
495 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
496 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
497 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
498 condition_evaluation_auto,
499 condition_evaluation_host,
500 condition_evaluation_target,
504 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
505 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
507 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
508 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
509 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
511 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
512 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
513 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
517 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
519 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
521 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
522 return condition_evaluation_target;
524 return condition_evaluation_host;
530 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
533 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
535 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
538 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
542 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
544 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
546 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
549 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
551 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
552 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
554 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
555 static int overlay_events_enabled;
557 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
558 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
560 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
561 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
562 current breakpoint. */
564 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
566 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
567 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
568 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
571 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
572 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
573 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
575 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
576 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
577 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
580 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
581 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
582 to where the loop should start from.
583 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
584 appropriate location to start with. */
586 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
587 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
588 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
590 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
591 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
594 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
596 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
597 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
598 if (is_tracepoint (B))
600 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
602 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
604 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
606 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
608 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
610 static unsigned bp_location_count;
612 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
613 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
614 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
615 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
616 an address you need to read. */
618 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
620 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
621 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
622 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
623 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
624 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
626 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
628 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
629 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
631 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
633 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
635 static int breakpoint_count;
637 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
638 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
639 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
640 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
641 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
643 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
645 static int tracepoint_count;
647 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
648 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
649 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
651 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
653 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
655 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
658 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
661 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
663 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
664 breakpoint_count = num;
665 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
668 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
669 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
670 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
672 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
676 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
678 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
681 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
685 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
687 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
690 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
693 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
695 struct breakpoint *b;
701 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
702 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
704 static struct counted_command_line *
705 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
707 struct counted_command_line *result
708 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
711 result->commands = commands;
715 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
718 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
724 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
725 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
726 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
729 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
733 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
735 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
742 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
745 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
747 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
750 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
753 static struct cleanup *
754 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
756 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
760 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
761 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
764 get_breakpoint (int num)
766 struct breakpoint *b;
769 if (b->number == num)
777 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
778 evaluating conditions on its side. */
781 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
783 struct bp_location *loc;
785 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
786 evaluating conditions and if the user has
787 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
789 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
790 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
793 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
796 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
797 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
800 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
804 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
815 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
818 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
821 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
822 condition_evaluation_mode. */
825 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
826 struct cmd_list_element *c)
828 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
830 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
831 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
833 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
834 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
835 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
839 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
840 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
842 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
843 settings was "auto". */
844 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
846 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
847 if (new_mode != old_mode)
849 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
850 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
851 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
853 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
854 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
857 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
859 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
861 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
862 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
866 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
867 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
868 target knows about. */
869 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
870 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
871 loc->needs_update = 1;
875 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
881 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
882 what "auto" is translating to. */
885 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
886 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
888 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
889 fprintf_filtered (file,
890 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
891 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
893 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
895 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
899 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
900 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
901 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
904 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
906 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
907 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
909 if (a->address == b->address)
912 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
915 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
916 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
917 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
920 static struct bp_location **
921 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
923 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
924 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
925 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
927 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
928 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
929 dummy_loc.address = address;
931 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
932 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
933 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
934 bp_location_compare_addrs);
936 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
937 if (locp_found == NULL)
940 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
941 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
942 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
943 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
950 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
953 xfree (b->cond_string);
954 b->cond_string = NULL;
956 if (is_watchpoint (b))
958 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
965 struct bp_location *loc;
967 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
972 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
973 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
974 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
981 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
985 const char *arg = exp;
987 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
988 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
989 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
990 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
992 if (is_watchpoint (b))
994 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
996 innermost_block = NULL;
998 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
1000 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1001 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
1005 struct bp_location *loc;
1007 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1011 parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
1012 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
1014 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1018 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
1020 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1023 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1025 static VEC (char_ptr) *
1026 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
1027 const char *text, const char *word)
1031 text = skip_spaces_const (text);
1032 space = skip_to_space_const (text);
1036 struct breakpoint *b;
1037 VEC (char_ptr) *result = NULL;
1041 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1042 if (isdigit (text[1]))
1044 return complete_internalvar (&text[1]);
1047 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1048 len = strlen (text);
1054 xsnprintf (number, sizeof (number), "%d", b->number);
1056 if (strncmp (number, text, len) == 0)
1057 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr, result, xstrdup (number));
1063 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1064 text = skip_spaces_const (space);
1065 return expression_completer (cmd, text, word);
1068 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1071 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1073 struct breakpoint *b;
1078 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1081 bnum = get_number (&p);
1083 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
1086 if (b->number == bnum)
1088 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1089 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1090 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1091 const struct extension_language_defn *extlang
1092 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b, EXT_LANG_NONE);
1094 if (extlang != NULL)
1096 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1097 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1098 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang));
1100 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
1102 if (is_breakpoint (b))
1103 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
1108 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
1111 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1112 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1113 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1116 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
1118 struct command_line *c;
1120 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1124 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1125 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1126 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1128 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1129 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1131 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1132 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1133 command directly. */
1134 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1135 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1137 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1138 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1142 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1145 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1147 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1148 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1149 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1153 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1155 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1158 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1159 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1163 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1164 struct command_line *commands)
1166 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1168 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
1169 struct command_line *c;
1170 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1172 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1173 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1177 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1178 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1179 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1180 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1181 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1182 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1183 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1184 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1185 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1186 tracepoint's context. */
1187 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1189 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1191 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1192 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1193 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1194 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1195 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1196 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1199 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1200 "can be used only once"));
1205 validate_actionline (c->line, b);
1209 struct command_line *c2;
1211 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1212 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1213 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1215 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1222 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1226 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1227 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1230 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1232 struct breakpoint *b;
1233 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1234 struct bp_location *loc;
1237 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1239 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1240 if (loc->address == addr)
1241 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1247 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1248 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1251 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1252 struct command_line *commands)
1254 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1256 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1257 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1261 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1262 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1266 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1268 int old_silent = b->silent;
1271 if (old_silent != silent)
1272 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1275 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1276 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1279 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1281 int old_thread = b->thread;
1284 if (old_thread != thread)
1285 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1288 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1289 breakpoint work for any task. */
1292 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1294 int old_task = b->task;
1297 if (old_task != task)
1298 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1302 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1304 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1306 validate_actionline (line, b);
1309 /* A structure used to pass information through
1310 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1312 struct commands_info
1314 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1317 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1320 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1321 already-parsed command. */
1322 struct command_line *control;
1324 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1326 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1329 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1330 commands_command. */
1333 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1335 struct commands_info *info = data;
1337 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1339 struct command_line *l;
1341 if (info->control != NULL)
1342 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1345 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1348 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1349 "%s, one per line."),
1352 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1354 l = read_command_lines (str,
1357 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1360 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1363 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1366 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1368 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1370 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1371 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1372 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1373 b->commands = info->cmd;
1374 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1379 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1380 struct command_line *control)
1382 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1383 struct commands_info info;
1385 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1386 info.control = control;
1388 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1389 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1390 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1392 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1394 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1395 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1397 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1398 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1401 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1402 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1403 numbers will fail in this case. */
1408 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1410 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1413 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1417 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1419 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1420 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1422 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1426 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1428 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1431 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1432 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1434 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1435 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1436 enum command_control_type
1437 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1439 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1440 return simple_control;
1443 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1446 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1448 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1452 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1453 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1458 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1459 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1462 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1463 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1464 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1467 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1468 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1469 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len,
1470 struct bp_target_info *target_info,
1471 struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
1473 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1474 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1478 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info->placed_address_space, 0,
1479 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1481 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1485 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1487 bp_addr = target_info->placed_address;
1488 bp_size = target_info->shadow_len;
1490 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1492 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1497 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1499 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1504 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1505 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1507 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1508 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1509 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1513 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1515 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1516 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1519 if (readbuf != NULL)
1521 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1522 shadow_contents buffer. */
1523 gdb_assert (target_info->shadow_contents >= readbuf + len
1524 || readbuf >= (target_info->shadow_contents
1525 + target_info->shadow_len));
1527 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1529 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1530 target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1534 const unsigned char *bp;
1535 CORE_ADDR addr = target_info->reqstd_address;
1538 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1539 memcpy (target_info->shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1540 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1542 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1544 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &addr, &placed_size);
1546 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1547 breakpoint's INSN. */
1548 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1552 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1553 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1555 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1556 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1557 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1559 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1560 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1561 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1562 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1563 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1564 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1565 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1566 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1568 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1571 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1572 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1573 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1575 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1577 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1580 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1581 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1582 report higher one. */
1585 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1586 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1588 struct bp_location *bl;
1590 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1591 bl = bp_location[bc];
1593 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1594 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1595 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1596 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1598 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1599 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1600 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1602 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1604 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1611 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1612 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1613 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1614 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1615 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1618 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1620 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1621 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1622 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1625 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1628 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1630 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1632 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1633 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1637 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1638 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1639 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1642 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1645 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1646 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1647 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1650 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1653 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf, writebuf, writebuf_org,
1654 memaddr, len, &bl->target_info, bl->gdbarch);
1660 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1664 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1666 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1667 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
1668 || bpt->type == bp_dprintf);
1671 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1674 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1676 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1677 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1678 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1681 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1685 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1687 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1688 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1691 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1692 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1693 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1694 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1695 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1696 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1697 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1698 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1701 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1703 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1704 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1705 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1706 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1709 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1710 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1713 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1715 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1717 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1719 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1720 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1721 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1722 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1723 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1725 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1728 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1731 static struct value *
1732 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint *w, struct value *val)
1734 struct value *bit_val;
1739 bit_val = allocate_value (value_type (val));
1741 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val,
1744 value_contents_for_printing (val),
1751 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1752 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1753 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1754 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1756 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1758 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1759 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1762 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1763 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1764 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1765 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1766 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1767 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1768 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1769 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1771 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1772 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1773 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1774 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1775 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1776 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1777 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1778 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1781 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1782 hardware watchpoints:
1784 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1785 called several times when GDB stops.
1788 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1789 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1790 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1791 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1792 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1793 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1794 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1795 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1796 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1797 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1798 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1800 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1801 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1804 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1806 int within_current_scope;
1807 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1810 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1811 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1812 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1813 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1816 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1821 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1822 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1823 within_current_scope = 1;
1826 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1827 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1828 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1830 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1831 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1832 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1833 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1836 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1837 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1838 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1839 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1842 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1844 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1845 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1846 if (within_current_scope)
1850 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1851 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1852 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1855 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1864 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1865 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1866 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1867 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1868 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1869 be completely different objects. */
1870 value_free (b->val);
1874 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1875 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1876 locations (re)created below. */
1877 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1879 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1881 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1885 s = b->base.cond_string;
1886 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, 0, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1890 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1891 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1892 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1893 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1894 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1895 if (!target_has_execution)
1897 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1898 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1899 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1900 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
1902 if (b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1903 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1905 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1906 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1909 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1912 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1913 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1915 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain, 0);
1917 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1918 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1919 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1920 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1921 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1923 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1925 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
1927 v = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, v);
1935 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1937 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1938 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1940 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1941 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1942 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1943 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1944 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1945 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1946 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1948 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1950 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1951 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1952 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1954 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1955 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1959 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1960 int bitpos = 0, bitsize = 0;
1962 if (value_bitsize (v) != 0)
1964 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1966 bitpos = value_bitpos (v);
1967 bitsize = value_bitsize (v);
1969 else if (v == result && b->val_bitsize != 0)
1971 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1972 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1973 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1974 bitpos = b->val_bitpos;
1975 bitsize = b->val_bitsize;
1978 addr = value_address (v);
1981 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1986 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1988 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1991 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1992 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1995 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1997 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1998 loc->address = addr;
2002 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2003 loc->length = ((bitpos % 8) + bitsize + 7) / 8;
2006 loc->length = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
2008 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
2013 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2014 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2015 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2020 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
2021 struct bp_location *bl;
2023 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
2027 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
2030 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2031 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2032 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
2034 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2035 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2036 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2037 this watchpoint in as well. */
2039 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2040 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2041 hardware watchpoint type. */
2042 type = b->base.type;
2043 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
2044 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
2046 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2047 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2048 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2049 through watch_command), so always account for it
2052 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2053 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
2055 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2056 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
2059 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
2060 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
2062 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
2064 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
2065 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2066 "hardware watchpoint."));
2067 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
2068 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2069 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2071 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2072 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2076 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2077 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2078 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2080 b->base.type = type;
2083 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
2085 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
2086 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2087 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2089 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2090 "read/access watchpoint."));
2093 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
2095 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
2096 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
2097 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
2098 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
2101 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
2103 next = value_next (v);
2108 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2109 above left it without any location set up. But,
2110 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2111 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2112 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
2114 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
2115 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
2116 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
2117 base->loc->address = -1;
2118 base->loc->length = -1;
2119 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
2122 else if (!within_current_scope)
2124 printf_filtered (_("\
2125 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2126 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2128 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
2131 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2133 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
2137 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2138 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2139 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2140 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2141 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2143 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2145 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
2148 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2151 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
2154 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
2157 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2158 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2159 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2160 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2161 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2162 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2163 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2164 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2165 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
2168 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2170 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2171 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2172 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl->pspace->aspace,
2177 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2178 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2179 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2180 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2185 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2186 instruction that triggered one. */
2187 if ((bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
2188 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2192 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog,
2193 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2194 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2195 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2204 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2205 that the location is not duplicated. */
2208 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
2211 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
2214 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
2215 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
2219 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2220 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2221 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2222 any error during parsing. */
2224 static struct agent_expr *
2225 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
2227 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2228 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2233 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2234 that may show up. */
2235 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2237 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
2242 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2243 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2244 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2248 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2252 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2253 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2254 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2255 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2256 one of them is true. */
2259 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2261 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2262 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
2263 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2264 struct bp_location *loc;
2266 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2267 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions);
2269 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2270 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2271 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2273 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2274 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2277 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2278 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2279 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2280 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2281 response back to GDB. */
2282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2285 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2289 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2291 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2292 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2293 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2294 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2295 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2296 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2298 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2299 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2305 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2306 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2307 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2309 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2315 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2316 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2317 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2319 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2320 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2321 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2326 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2328 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2330 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2333 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2334 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2339 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2340 for this location's address. */
2341 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2345 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2346 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2347 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2349 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2350 conditions to the target. */
2351 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2352 loc->cond_bytecode);
2358 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2359 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2360 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2362 static struct agent_expr *
2363 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, char *cmd)
2365 struct cleanup *old_cleanups = 0;
2366 struct expression *expr, **argvec;
2367 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
2368 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
2369 const char *cmdrest;
2370 const char *format_start, *format_end;
2371 struct format_piece *fpieces;
2373 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
2380 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2382 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2384 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2385 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2387 format_start = cmdrest;
2389 fpieces = parse_format_string (&cmdrest);
2391 old_cleanups = make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup, &fpieces);
2393 format_end = cmdrest;
2395 if (*cmdrest++ != '"')
2396 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2398 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2400 if (!(*cmdrest == ',' || *cmdrest == '\0'))
2401 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2403 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2405 cmdrest = skip_spaces_const (cmdrest);
2407 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2409 argvec = (struct expression **) alloca (strlen (cmd)
2410 * sizeof (struct expression *));
2413 while (*cmdrest != '\0')
2418 expr = parse_exp_1 (&cmd1, scope, block_for_pc (scope), 1);
2419 argvec[nargs++] = expr;
2421 if (*cmdrest == ',')
2425 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2426 that may show up. */
2427 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
2429 aexpr = gen_printf (scope, gdbarch, 0, 0,
2430 format_start, format_end - format_start,
2431 fpieces, nargs, argvec);
2434 do_cleanups (old_cleanups);
2438 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2439 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2440 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2444 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2448 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2449 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2450 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2453 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location *bl)
2455 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
2456 int null_command_or_parse_error = 0;
2457 int modified = bl->needs_update;
2458 struct bp_location *loc;
2460 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2461 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands);
2463 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2466 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2467 if (dprintf_style != dprintf_style_agent)
2470 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2471 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2472 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2474 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2477 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2478 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2479 && loc->owner->type != bp_dprintf)
2483 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2484 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2485 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2486 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2487 response back to GDB. */
2488 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2491 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2495 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
2497 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2498 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2499 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2500 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2501 aexpr = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl->address,
2502 loc->owner->extra_string);
2503 loc->cmd_bytecode = aexpr;
2509 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2510 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2511 if (!loc->cmd_bytecode)
2513 null_command_or_parse_error = 1;
2519 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2521 if (null_command_or_parse_error)
2523 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2526 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2527 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2529 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2531 if (loc->cmd_bytecode == NULL)
2534 free_agent_expr (loc->cmd_bytecode);
2535 loc->cmd_bytecode = NULL;
2540 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2541 for this location's address. */
2542 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2545 if (loc->owner->extra_string
2546 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2547 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2548 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2550 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2551 to send the commands to the target. */
2552 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.tcommands,
2556 bl->target_info.persist = 0;
2557 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2558 if (bl->owner->type == bp_dprintf && disconnected_dprintf)
2559 bl->target_info.persist = 1;
2562 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2563 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2564 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2565 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2568 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2569 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2571 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2572 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2573 int *disabled_breaks,
2574 int *hw_breakpoint_error,
2575 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already)
2577 enum errors bp_err = GDB_NO_ERROR;
2578 const char *bp_err_message = NULL;
2579 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
2581 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2584 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2585 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2586 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2587 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2588 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2589 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2590 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2591 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2592 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2593 bl->target_info.reqstd_address = bl->address;
2594 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2595 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2597 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2598 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2599 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2600 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2602 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2604 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2605 build_target_command_list (bl);
2606 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2607 bl->needs_update = 0;
2610 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2611 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2613 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2615 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2616 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2617 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2619 Two important cases are:
2620 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2621 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2622 hardware breakpoint.
2623 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2624 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2625 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2628 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2629 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2630 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2631 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2633 struct mem_region *mr
2634 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.reqstd_address);
2638 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2640 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2642 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2643 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2645 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2647 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2649 static int said = 0;
2651 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2654 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2655 _("Note: automatically using "
2656 "hardware breakpoints for "
2657 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2662 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2663 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2665 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2666 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2667 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2668 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2670 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2676 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2677 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2678 || bl->section == NULL
2679 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2681 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2682 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2686 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2688 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2693 bp_err_message = e.message;
2698 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2699 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2700 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2702 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2703 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2704 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2705 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2706 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2710 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2712 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2713 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2714 bl->overlay_target_info.reqstd_address = addr;
2716 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2717 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2721 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2722 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2724 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2729 bp_err_message = e.message;
2732 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2733 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2734 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2735 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2739 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2740 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2742 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2743 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
2747 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2749 bp_err = GENERIC_ERROR;
2754 bp_err_message = e.message;
2759 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2760 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2765 if (bp_err != GDB_NO_ERROR)
2767 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2769 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2770 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2771 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2772 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2773 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2774 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2775 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2776 errors as memory errors. */
2777 if ((bp_err == GENERIC_ERROR || bp_err == MEMORY_ERROR)
2778 && bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2779 && (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
2780 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
2783 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2784 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2785 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2786 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2788 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2789 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2791 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2792 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2793 "library breakpoints:\n");
2795 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2796 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2797 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2802 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2804 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2805 *hw_bp_error_explained_already = bp_err_message != NULL;
2806 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2807 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2808 bl->owner->number, bp_err_message ? ":" : ".\n");
2809 if (bp_err_message != NULL)
2810 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "%s.\n", bp_err_message);
2814 if (bp_err_message == NULL)
2817 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO,
2818 bl->gdbarch, bl->address);
2819 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2821 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2822 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2824 bl->owner->number, message);
2825 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2830 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2845 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2846 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2847 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2848 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2852 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2853 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2855 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2857 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2858 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2859 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2861 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2863 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2864 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2866 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2868 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2869 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2873 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2874 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2881 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2882 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2885 /* Back to the original value. */
2886 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2890 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2893 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2897 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2898 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2900 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2903 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2907 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2908 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2910 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2913 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2915 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2916 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2917 so just return success. */
2924 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2925 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2929 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2931 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2932 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2934 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2935 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2937 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2938 delete_breakpoint (b);
2941 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2942 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2943 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2945 struct bp_location *tmp;
2947 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2949 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2950 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2951 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2953 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2954 if (tmp->next == loc)
2956 tmp->next = loc->next;
2962 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2963 removed locations above. */
2964 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
2967 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2968 Throws exception on any error.
2969 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2970 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2972 insert_breakpoints (void)
2974 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2976 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2977 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2979 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2981 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2984 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2985 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2986 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2987 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
2990 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2993 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback)
2995 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
2997 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
2999 callback (loc, NULL);
3003 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3004 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3005 always-inserted mode. */
3008 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3010 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3013 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3014 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3015 int hw_bp_details_reported = 0;
3017 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3018 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3020 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3021 there was an error. */
3022 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3024 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3026 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3028 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3030 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
3033 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3034 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3035 deletion of breakpoints. */
3036 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3039 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3041 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3042 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3043 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3044 insert breakpoints. */
3045 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3046 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3049 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3050 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_details_reported);
3057 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3058 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3061 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3064 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3067 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3069 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3070 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3073 int disabled_breaks = 0;
3074 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
3075 int hw_bp_error_explained_already = 0;
3077 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3078 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3080 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3081 there was an error. */
3082 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
3084 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3086 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3088 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
3091 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3092 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3093 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3094 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
3095 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
3098 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3100 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3101 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3102 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3103 insert breakpoints. */
3104 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3105 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3108 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
3109 &hw_breakpoint_error, &hw_bp_error_explained_already);
3114 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3115 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3116 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3118 int some_failed = 0;
3119 struct bp_location *loc;
3121 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
3124 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3127 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
3130 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3131 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
3138 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3140 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
3142 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
3143 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3144 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3152 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3153 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3154 if (hw_breakpoint_error && !hw_bp_error_explained_already)
3156 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
3157 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3158 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3160 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3161 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
3164 do_cleanups (cleanups);
3167 /* Used when the program stops.
3168 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3169 removing a breakpoint location. */
3172 remove_breakpoints (void)
3174 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3177 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3179 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
3180 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3185 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3189 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info *tp, int silent)
3191 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3193 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3195 if (b->thread == tp->num && user_breakpoint_p (b))
3197 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
3199 printf_filtered (_("\
3200 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3201 b->number, tp->num);
3203 /* Hide it from the user. */
3209 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3212 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
3214 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3216 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3218 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3220 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3223 if (bl->inserted && !bl->target_info.persist)
3225 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
3234 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
3236 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3237 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3239 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
3240 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
3241 struct inferior *inf;
3242 struct thread_info *tp;
3244 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
3248 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
3249 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3251 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
3253 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
3254 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
3256 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3258 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3264 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
3267 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3272 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3276 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
3278 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3279 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3280 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3281 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3282 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3283 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3285 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
3288 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3291 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
3292 b->number = breakpoint_count;
3296 static struct breakpoint *
3297 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
3298 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
3299 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
3301 struct symtab_and_line sal;
3302 struct breakpoint *b;
3304 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3307 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
3308 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
3310 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
3311 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
3312 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
3317 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
3319 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3321 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3323 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3324 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3326 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3327 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym;
3329 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3330 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
3332 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3333 int longjmp_searched;
3335 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3336 VEC (probe_p) *longjmp_probes;
3338 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3339 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym;
3341 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3342 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym;
3344 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3345 int exception_searched;
3347 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3348 VEC (probe_p) *exception_probes;
3351 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
3353 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3354 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
3356 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3359 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
3361 return msym == &msym_not_found;
3364 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3365 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3367 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
3368 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
3370 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3372 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
3373 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
3375 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
3376 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3378 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
3379 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
3381 return bp_objfile_data;
3385 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile *obj, void *data)
3387 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data = data;
3389 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes);
3390 VEC_free (probe_p, bp_objfile_data->exception_probes);
3394 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3396 struct objfile *objfile;
3397 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
3399 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3401 struct breakpoint *b;
3402 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3405 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3407 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym))
3410 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym == NULL)
3412 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3414 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3415 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3417 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3418 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3421 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
3424 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
3425 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3427 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3428 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3430 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
3432 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
3433 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
3437 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3438 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
3441 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3445 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3447 struct program_space *pspace;
3448 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3450 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3452 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3454 struct objfile *objfile;
3456 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3458 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3461 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3462 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3464 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3466 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3468 if (!bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched)
3472 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libc", "longjmp");
3475 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3476 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3478 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3480 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3481 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3482 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3486 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes = ret;
3487 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_searched = 1;
3490 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes != NULL)
3493 struct probe *probe;
3494 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3497 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3498 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_probes,
3502 struct breakpoint *b;
3504 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3505 get_probe_address (probe,
3508 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3509 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3510 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3516 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
3519 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
3521 struct breakpoint *b;
3522 const char *func_name;
3525 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym))
3528 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
3529 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym == NULL)
3531 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3533 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
3534 if (m.minsym == NULL)
3536 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3537 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i].minsym = &msym_not_found;
3540 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
3543 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
3544 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
3545 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3546 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3547 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3551 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3553 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3556 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3558 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3560 struct program_space *pspace;
3561 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3562 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
3564 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
3566 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
3568 struct objfile *objfile;
3571 set_current_program_space (pspace);
3573 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3575 struct breakpoint *b;
3576 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3578 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3580 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym))
3583 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym == NULL)
3585 struct bound_minimal_symbol m;
3587 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3588 if (m.minsym == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_text
3589 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m.minsym) != mst_file_text))
3591 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3592 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3595 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
3598 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
3599 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
3600 bp_std_terminate_master,
3601 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3602 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3603 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3607 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3609 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3612 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3615 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3617 struct objfile *objfile;
3618 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3620 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
3622 struct breakpoint *b;
3623 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
3624 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
3627 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
3629 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3630 if (!bp_objfile_data->exception_searched)
3634 ret = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile, "libgcc", "unwind");
3638 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3639 struct probe *p = VEC_index (probe_p, ret, 0);
3641 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p))
3643 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3644 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3645 VEC_free (probe_p, ret);
3649 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes = ret;
3650 bp_objfile_data->exception_searched = 1;
3653 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_probes != NULL)
3655 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3657 struct probe *probe;
3660 VEC_iterate (probe_p,
3661 bp_objfile_data->exception_probes,
3665 struct breakpoint *b;
3667 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch,
3668 get_probe_address (probe,
3670 bp_exception_master,
3671 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3672 b->addr_string = xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3673 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3679 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3681 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym))
3684 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
3686 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym == NULL)
3688 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook;
3690 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
3691 if (debug_hook.minsym == NULL)
3693 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym.minsym = &msym_not_found;
3697 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
3700 addr = BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
3701 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
3703 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
3704 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
3705 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
3706 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3709 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
3713 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3715 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3716 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
3718 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3719 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3720 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3721 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3722 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3723 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3724 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3725 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3726 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
3727 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
3728 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
3730 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3732 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
3735 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3736 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
3738 delete_breakpoint (b);
3742 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3743 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3745 delete_breakpoint (b);
3749 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3750 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3751 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3752 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3753 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3755 delete_breakpoint (b);
3759 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3760 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3762 delete_breakpoint (b);
3766 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3767 if (b->type == bp_single_step)
3769 delete_breakpoint (b);
3773 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3775 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3776 || b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3777 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3779 delete_breakpoint (b);
3783 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3785 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3786 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3787 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3788 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3792 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3793 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3794 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3795 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3796 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3797 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3799 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3800 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3801 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3802 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3803 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3804 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3805 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3807 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3808 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3809 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3810 let finish_command delete it.
3812 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3813 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3814 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3815 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3816 solib breakpoints.) */
3818 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3823 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3824 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3826 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3828 delete_breakpoint (b);
3835 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid)
3837 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3839 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3840 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3842 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid))
3843 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3845 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3846 inferior_ptid = ptid;
3847 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3849 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3852 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3853 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3854 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3855 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3856 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3857 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3858 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_other)
3862 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3865 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3869 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3870 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3871 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3872 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3873 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3876 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3880 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3881 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3884 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3887 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3888 This should not ever happen. */
3889 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3891 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3892 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3894 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3895 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3896 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3898 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3899 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3900 || bl->section == NULL
3901 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3903 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3905 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3906 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3907 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3908 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3909 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3910 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3911 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3912 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3913 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3914 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3915 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3916 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3917 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3918 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3919 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3920 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3921 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3922 they should always be removed. */
3923 if (bl->shlib_disabled
3924 && bl->target_info.shadow_len != 0
3925 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info))
3928 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3932 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3933 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3934 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3936 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3937 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3939 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3940 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3941 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3942 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3943 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3945 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3946 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3948 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3949 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3952 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3953 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3954 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3955 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3957 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3958 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3959 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3960 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3961 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3962 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3968 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3973 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3974 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3975 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3976 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3977 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3978 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3979 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3980 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3981 always-inserted mode. */
3983 && (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3984 && (bl->shlib_disabled
3985 || solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address)
3986 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl->pspace,
3992 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3994 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3996 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3997 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3999 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4000 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4002 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4003 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
4004 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4007 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
4008 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4011 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
4012 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
4014 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
4018 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
4025 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
4028 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4030 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4031 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
4034 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
4037 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4038 This should not ever happen. */
4039 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
4041 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
4043 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
4045 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
4047 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4051 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4054 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4056 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4058 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4059 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space
4064 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4065 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4067 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4070 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4071 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4072 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4077 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
4079 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
4080 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4082 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
4084 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4086 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4089 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4091 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
4093 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
4099 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
4101 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4102 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4105 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4107 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4109 case bp_shlib_event:
4111 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4112 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4113 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4114 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4115 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4117 (gdb) file prog-linux
4118 (gdb) run # native linux target
4121 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4122 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4125 case bp_step_resume:
4127 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4129 case bp_single_step:
4131 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4133 delete_breakpoint (b);
4137 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4138 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4139 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4141 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4143 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4144 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
4145 delete_breakpoint (b);
4146 else if (context == inf_starting)
4148 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4149 insert_breakpoints. */
4151 value_free (w->val);
4162 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4163 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
4164 decref_bp_location (&bl);
4165 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
4168 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4169 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4170 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4171 match, not program space. */
4173 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4174 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4175 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4176 permanent breakpoint.
4177 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4178 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4179 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4180 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4181 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4183 enum breakpoint_here
4184 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4186 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4187 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
4189 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4191 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4192 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4195 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4196 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
4198 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4200 if (overlay_debugging
4201 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4202 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4203 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4204 else if (bl->permanent)
4205 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
4207 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
4211 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
4214 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4217 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4219 struct bp_location *loc;
4222 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4223 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
4229 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4232 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
4234 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4236 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4238 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4239 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
4243 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
4245 if (overlay_debugging
4246 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4247 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4248 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4256 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4260 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
4263 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
4265 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
4267 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4271 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
4274 if (overlay_debugging
4275 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
4276 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
4277 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4287 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
4288 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
4290 struct breakpoint *bpt;
4292 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
4294 struct bp_location *loc;
4296 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4297 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
4300 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
4303 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4304 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
4308 /* Check for intersection. */
4309 l = max (loc->address, addr);
4310 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
4319 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4323 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
4325 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
4328 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4332 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
4334 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4335 value_free (bs->old_val);
4336 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4337 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
4341 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4342 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4345 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
4362 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4363 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4366 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
4370 bpstat retval = NULL;
4375 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4377 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
4378 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
4379 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
4380 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
4381 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4383 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
4384 release_value (tmp->old_val);
4388 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4398 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4401 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
4406 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4408 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
4414 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4417 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp, enum gdb_signal sig)
4419 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
4421 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4423 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4425 if (sig == GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
4430 if (bsp->breakpoint_at->ops->explains_signal (bsp->breakpoint_at,
4439 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4440 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4441 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4442 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4444 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4445 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4447 Return 1 otherwise. */
4450 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
4452 struct breakpoint *b;
4455 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4457 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4458 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4459 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4460 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
4461 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
4463 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4465 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
4469 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4472 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4474 struct thread_info *tp;
4477 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4480 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
4484 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4486 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
4488 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
4490 value_free (bs->old_val);
4496 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4499 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4501 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
4503 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
4505 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4506 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4507 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4508 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4509 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
4513 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
4516 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4519 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
4521 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
4524 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4525 or its equivalent. */
4528 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
4530 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
4531 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
4534 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4535 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4536 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4537 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4539 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4540 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4541 bpstat of the current thread. */
4544 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
4547 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4550 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4552 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
4555 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
4556 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
4558 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4560 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4563 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
4564 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4566 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
4567 struct command_line *cmd;
4568 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
4570 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4572 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4573 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4574 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4575 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4576 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4577 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4578 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4579 the tree when we're done. */
4580 ccmd = bs->commands;
4581 bs->commands = NULL;
4582 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
4583 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
4584 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
4586 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4592 execute_control_command (cmd);
4594 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4600 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4601 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
4603 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
4605 if (target_can_async_p ())
4606 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4607 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4608 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4611 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4612 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4613 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4614 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4615 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4616 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4617 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4618 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4619 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4620 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4621 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4622 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4623 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4628 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4633 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4635 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4637 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4638 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
4639 && target_has_execution
4640 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
4641 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
4642 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4643 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4644 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4645 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4646 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
4649 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
4652 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4655 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
4658 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
4661 struct value_print_options opts;
4662 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4663 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
4667 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4668 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4669 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4670 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4673 static enum print_stop_action
4674 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
4676 switch (bs->print_it)
4679 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4680 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4684 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4685 relevant messages. */
4686 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4689 case print_it_normal:
4691 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4693 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4694 which has since been deleted. */
4696 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4698 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4699 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
4704 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4705 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4710 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4713 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
4716 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
4718 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
4722 if (any_added || any_deleted)
4723 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4724 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4726 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4727 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4728 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4731 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4732 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4733 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4737 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4741 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4742 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4745 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4750 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4751 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4752 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4755 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4760 struct so_list *iter;
4762 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4764 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4765 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4768 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4773 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4774 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4775 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4778 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4782 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4783 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4784 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4785 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4786 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4787 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4788 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4791 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4792 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4793 code to print the location. An example is
4794 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4796 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4797 to also print the location part of the message.
4798 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4799 don't require a location appended to the end.
4800 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4801 further info to be printed. */
4803 enum print_stop_action
4804 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4808 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4809 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4810 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4811 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4812 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4814 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4815 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4816 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4817 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4821 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4822 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4823 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4824 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4826 print_solib_event (0);
4827 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4830 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4831 with and nothing was printed. */
4832 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4835 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4836 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4837 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4838 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4839 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4840 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4843 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4845 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4846 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4848 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4852 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4855 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4859 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4861 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4862 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4863 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4864 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4865 incref_bp_location (bl);
4866 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4867 bs->commands = NULL;
4869 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4873 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4874 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4877 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4879 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4881 struct breakpoint *b;
4883 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4885 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4886 as not triggered. */
4888 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4890 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4892 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4898 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target, &addr))
4900 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4901 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4903 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4905 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4907 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4913 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4914 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4918 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4920 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4921 struct bp_location *loc;
4923 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4924 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4926 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4928 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4929 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4931 if (newaddr == start)
4933 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4937 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4938 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target,
4942 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4951 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4952 because of check_errors). */
4953 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4954 #define WP_DELETED 1
4955 /* The value has changed. */
4956 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4957 /* The value has not changed. */
4958 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4959 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4962 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4963 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4965 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4968 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4969 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4972 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4974 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4975 struct watchpoint *b;
4976 struct frame_info *fr;
4977 int within_current_scope;
4979 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4980 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4981 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4983 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4984 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4985 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4986 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4989 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4990 within_current_scope = 1;
4993 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4994 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4995 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4997 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4998 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4999 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5000 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5001 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5002 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5003 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5004 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5005 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5006 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
5009 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
5010 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
5012 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5013 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5014 if (within_current_scope)
5016 struct symbol *function;
5018 function = get_frame_function (fr);
5019 if (function == NULL
5020 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
5021 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
5022 within_current_scope = 0;
5025 if (within_current_scope)
5026 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5027 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5032 if (within_current_scope)
5034 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5035 time before we return to the command level and call
5036 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5037 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5041 struct value *new_val;
5043 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
5044 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5045 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5046 a mask watchpoint. */
5047 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5049 mark = value_mark ();
5050 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL, 0);
5052 if (b->val_bitsize != 0)
5053 new_val = extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b, new_val);
5055 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5056 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5057 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5058 not what we want. */
5059 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
5060 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
5062 if (new_val != NULL)
5064 release_value (new_val);
5065 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5067 bs->old_val = b->val;
5070 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
5074 /* Nothing changed. */
5075 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5076 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
5081 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5083 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5084 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5085 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5086 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5087 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5088 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5089 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5090 the first value assigned). */
5091 /* We print all the stop information in
5092 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5093 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5094 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5096 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5098 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
5099 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
5100 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
5102 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5103 which its expression is valid.\n");
5105 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5106 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
5107 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5113 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5114 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5115 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5118 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
5119 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
5120 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5122 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
5124 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5125 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5127 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
5130 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5131 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5134 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
5136 const struct bp_location *bl;
5137 struct watchpoint *b;
5139 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5140 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5141 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5142 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5143 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5146 int must_check_value = 0;
5148 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5149 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5151 must_check_value = 1;
5152 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
5153 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5154 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5156 must_check_value = 1;
5157 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
5158 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5159 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5160 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5161 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5162 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5163 must_check_value = 1;
5165 if (must_check_value)
5168 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5170 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
5171 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
5173 do_cleanups (cleanups);
5177 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5178 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5182 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5185 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
5186 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
5188 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5190 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5191 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5192 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5193 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5194 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5195 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5196 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5199 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5200 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5203 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5204 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5205 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5206 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5208 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5209 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5210 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5213 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5214 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5215 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5216 changes. This still gives false positives when
5217 the program writes the same value to memory as
5218 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5219 it for a read), but it's much better than
5222 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
5224 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
5226 struct breakpoint *other_b;
5228 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
5229 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5230 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
5232 struct watchpoint *other_w =
5233 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
5235 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
5236 == watch_triggered_yes)
5238 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
5244 if (other_write_watchpoint
5245 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
5247 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5248 and the value changed since the last time we
5249 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5251 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5256 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
5257 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
5258 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
5260 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5261 the value hasn't changed. */
5262 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5270 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5271 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
5272 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
5273 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5274 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
5278 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5280 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5281 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5282 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5283 anything for this watchpoint. */
5284 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5290 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5291 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5292 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5293 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5296 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
5298 const struct bp_location *bl;
5299 struct breakpoint *b;
5300 int value_is_zero = 0;
5301 struct expression *cond;
5303 gdb_assert (bs->stop);
5305 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5306 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
5307 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
5308 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5309 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
5311 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5312 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5313 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5315 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
5316 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5322 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5323 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5325 if ((b->thread != -1 && b->thread != pid_to_thread_id (ptid))
5326 || (b->task != 0 && b->task != ada_get_task_number (ptid)))
5333 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5335 bs->stop = breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b);
5337 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5339 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5346 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
5348 int within_current_scope = 1;
5349 struct watchpoint * w;
5351 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5352 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5353 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5354 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5356 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
5358 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5359 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5363 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5364 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5365 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5366 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5367 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5369 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
5370 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5373 struct frame_info *frame;
5375 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5376 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5377 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5378 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5379 really matter which instantiation of the function
5380 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5381 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5382 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5383 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5384 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5385 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5386 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5387 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5389 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
5391 select_frame (frame);
5393 within_current_scope = 0;
5395 if (within_current_scope)
5397 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
5398 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5402 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5403 "in the current scope"));
5404 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5405 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5408 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5409 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5412 if (cond && value_is_zero)
5416 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
5420 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5422 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5427 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5428 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5430 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5431 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5434 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5436 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5438 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5439 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5440 several reasons concurrently.)
5442 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5443 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5446 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
5447 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
5448 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
5450 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5451 struct bp_location *bl;
5452 struct bp_location *loc;
5453 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5454 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
5455 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5458 int need_remove_insert;
5461 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5462 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5463 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5464 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5465 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5466 inferior function calls. */
5470 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
5473 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
5475 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5476 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5477 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5478 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5479 checked all locations already. */
5480 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
5483 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled)
5486 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
5489 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5492 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5495 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5496 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5497 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5501 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5502 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5503 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5505 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
5507 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
5509 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
5514 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5515 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
5517 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
5519 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
5520 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5523 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5527 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5528 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5529 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5531 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5533 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
5535 handle_solib_event ();
5540 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5541 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5542 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5546 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5551 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5552 b->ops->check_status (bs);
5555 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
5560 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
5562 /* We will stop here. */
5563 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
5565 --(b->enable_count);
5566 if (b->enable_count <= 0)
5567 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
5572 bs->commands = b->commands;
5573 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
5574 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
5575 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
5578 b->ops->after_condition_true (bs);
5583 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5585 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
5586 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
5589 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5590 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5591 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5593 need_remove_insert = 0;
5594 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
5595 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5597 && bs->breakpoint_at
5598 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
5600 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
5602 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5603 need_remove_insert = 1;
5606 if (need_remove_insert)
5607 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
5608 else if (removed_any)
5609 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
5615 handle_jit_event (void)
5617 struct frame_info *frame;
5618 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
5620 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5621 breakpoint_re_set. */
5622 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5624 frame = get_current_frame ();
5625 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
5627 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
5629 target_terminal_inferior ();
5632 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5634 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5637 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
5639 struct bpstat_what retval;
5643 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5644 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
5645 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
5647 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5649 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5650 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5651 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5654 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
5656 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5657 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5661 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
5668 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5669 case bp_single_step:
5672 case bp_shlib_event:
5676 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5678 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5681 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5684 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5685 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5686 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5690 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5692 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5696 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5697 This requires no further action. */
5701 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
5703 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5704 retval.is_longjmp = bptype != bp_exception;
5706 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5707 case bp_exception_resume:
5708 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
5709 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
5711 case bp_step_resume:
5713 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
5716 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5717 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5720 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5722 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5725 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5726 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5729 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5730 case bp_thread_event:
5731 case bp_overlay_event:
5732 case bp_longjmp_master:
5733 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5734 case bp_exception_master:
5735 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5741 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5743 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5747 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5748 This requires no further action. */
5753 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5756 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5757 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5758 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5759 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5761 case bp_std_terminate:
5762 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5763 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5764 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5765 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5768 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5769 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5770 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5771 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5773 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5774 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5776 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5777 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5778 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5780 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5781 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5782 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5783 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5788 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5790 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5794 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5795 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5798 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5801 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5802 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5807 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5809 handle_jit_event ();
5812 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5814 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5820 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5821 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5823 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5824 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5832 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5833 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5834 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5837 bpstat_should_step (void)
5839 struct breakpoint *b;
5842 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5848 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5850 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5859 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5860 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5861 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5864 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5866 static char wrap_indent[80];
5867 int i, total_width, width, align;
5871 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5873 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5875 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5876 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5877 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5882 total_width += width + 1;
5888 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5889 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5891 "host": Host evals condition.
5892 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5893 "target": Target evals condition.
5897 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5899 struct bp_location *bl;
5900 char host_evals = 0;
5901 char target_evals = 0;
5906 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5909 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5910 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5911 return condition_evaluation_host;
5913 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5915 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5921 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5922 return condition_evaluation_both;
5923 else if (target_evals)
5924 return condition_evaluation_target;
5926 return condition_evaluation_host;
5929 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5930 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5933 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5935 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5938 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5939 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5940 return condition_evaluation_host;
5942 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5943 return condition_evaluation_target;
5945 return condition_evaluation_host;
5948 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5951 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5952 struct bp_location *loc)
5954 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5955 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5957 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5961 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5963 if (b->display_canonical)
5964 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5965 else if (loc && loc->symtab)
5968 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5971 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5972 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5973 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5974 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5975 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5976 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5978 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
5979 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc->symtab));
5980 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5982 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5983 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname",
5984 symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab));
5986 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5990 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
5991 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
5993 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb,
5995 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5997 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
6000 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
6002 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
6003 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6004 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
6006 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6007 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6008 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
6009 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
6012 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6016 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
6018 struct ep_type_description
6023 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
6025 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
6026 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
6027 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
6028 {bp_single_step, "sw single-step"},
6029 {bp_until, "until"},
6030 {bp_finish, "finish"},
6031 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
6032 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
6033 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
6034 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
6035 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
6036 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
6037 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6038 {bp_exception, "exception"},
6039 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
6040 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
6041 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
6042 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
6043 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
6044 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
6045 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
6046 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
6047 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
6048 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
6049 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
6050 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
6051 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
6052 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
6053 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
6054 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
6055 {bp_dprintf, "dprintf"},
6056 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
6057 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6058 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6061 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
6062 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
6063 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6064 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6067 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
6070 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6071 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6074 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out *uiout,
6075 const char *field_name,
6079 struct cleanup *back_to;
6080 int is_mi = ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout);
6084 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6085 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6086 if (!is_mi && mi_only)
6089 back_to = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout, field_name);
6091 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num, i, inf); ++i)
6097 xsnprintf (mi_group, sizeof (mi_group), "i%d", inf);
6098 ui_out_field_string (uiout, NULL, mi_group);
6103 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
6105 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
6107 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf));
6111 do_cleanups (back_to);
6114 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6117 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6118 struct bp_location *loc,
6120 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6123 struct command_line *l;
6124 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
6126 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6127 int header_of_multiple = 0;
6128 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
6129 struct value_print_options opts;
6131 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6133 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
6134 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6135 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6138 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
6139 header_of_multiple = 1;
6147 if (part_of_multiple)
6150 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
6151 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
6156 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
6161 if (part_of_multiple)
6162 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
6164 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
6168 if (part_of_multiple)
6169 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
6171 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6176 if (part_of_multiple)
6177 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
6179 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
6180 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
6181 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
6185 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
6187 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6188 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6189 make sure there's just one location. */
6190 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
6191 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
6197 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
6198 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6202 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6203 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6204 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6206 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6208 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6209 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6210 is relatively readable). */
6211 if (opts.addressprint)
6212 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6214 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
6219 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6220 case bp_single_step:
6224 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6225 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
6227 case bp_exception_resume:
6228 case bp_step_resume:
6229 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6230 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6232 case bp_std_terminate:
6233 case bp_shlib_event:
6234 case bp_thread_event:
6235 case bp_overlay_event:
6236 case bp_longjmp_master:
6237 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6238 case bp_exception_master:
6240 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6241 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6244 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6245 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6246 if (opts.addressprint)
6249 if (header_of_multiple)
6250 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6251 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
6252 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6254 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
6255 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
6258 if (!header_of_multiple)
6259 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
6266 if (loc != NULL && !header_of_multiple)
6268 struct inferior *inf;
6269 VEC(int) *inf_num = NULL;
6274 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
6275 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num, inf->num);
6278 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6279 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6281 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6282 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6283 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6284 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6285 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6286 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint))
6288 output_thread_groups (uiout, "thread-groups", inf_num, mi_only);
6289 VEC_free (int, inf_num);
6292 if (!part_of_multiple)
6294 if (b->thread != -1)
6296 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6297 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6298 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
6299 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6301 else if (b->task != 0)
6303 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
6304 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
6308 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6310 if (!part_of_multiple)
6311 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
6313 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
6316 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6317 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6319 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
6320 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
6321 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6324 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
6327 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6328 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
6330 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
6331 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
6333 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6334 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6335 if (is_breakpoint (b)
6336 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6337 == condition_evaluation_target)
6339 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
6340 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
6341 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
6342 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
6344 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6347 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
6349 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6350 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
6351 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
6352 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
6355 if (!part_of_multiple)
6359 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6360 if (is_catchpoint (b))
6361 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
6362 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
6363 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
6365 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
6366 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
6367 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6368 if (b->hit_count == 1)
6369 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
6371 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
6375 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6376 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6377 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
6381 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
6384 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
6385 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
6386 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6389 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6390 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6391 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6392 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
6395 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
6396 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6397 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6398 if (b->ignore_count)
6399 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
6401 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
6402 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
6403 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
6406 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
6408 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6410 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
6412 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6413 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
6414 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
6418 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
6419 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
6421 struct cleanup *script_chain;
6424 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
6425 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
6426 do_cleanups (script_chain);
6429 if (is_tracepoint (b))
6431 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
6433 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
6435 annotate_field (10);
6436 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
6437 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
6438 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6441 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6443 if (!header_of_multiple && loc != NULL && !loc->shlib_disabled)
6445 annotate_field (11);
6447 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6448 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "installed",
6449 loc->inserted ? "y" : "n");
6453 ui_out_text (uiout, "\t");
6455 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tnot ");
6456 ui_out_text (uiout, "installed on target\n");
6461 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
6463 if (is_watchpoint (b))
6465 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
6467 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
6469 else if (b->addr_string)
6470 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
6475 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
6476 struct bp_location **last_loc,
6479 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
6480 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6482 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
6484 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
6485 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
6487 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6488 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6489 locations, if any. */
6490 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
6492 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6493 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6494 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6497 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6498 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6500 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
6501 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
6503 struct bp_location *loc;
6506 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
6508 struct cleanup *inner2 =
6509 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
6510 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
6511 do_cleanups (inner2);
6518 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
6520 int print_address_bits = 0;
6521 struct bp_location *loc;
6523 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
6527 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6528 an address to print. */
6529 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
6532 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
6533 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6534 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6537 return print_address_bits;
6540 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6546 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
6548 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
6549 struct breakpoint *b;
6550 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
6554 if (args->bnum == b->number)
6556 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
6564 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
6565 char **error_message)
6567 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
6570 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6572 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
6573 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
6579 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6580 internal or momentary. */
6583 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
6585 return b->number > 0;
6588 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6589 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6590 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6591 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6592 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6593 breakpoints listed. */
6596 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
6597 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
6599 struct breakpoint *b;
6600 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
6601 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
6602 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
6603 struct value_print_options opts;
6604 int print_address_bits = 0;
6605 int print_type_col_width = 14;
6606 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6608 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6610 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6611 required for address fields. */
6612 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
6615 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6616 if (filter && !filter (b))
6619 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6620 accept. Skip the others. */
6621 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6623 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6625 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6629 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6631 int addr_bit, type_len;
6633 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
6634 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
6635 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
6637 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
6638 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
6639 print_type_col_width = type_len;
6641 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
6645 if (opts.addressprint)
6647 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
6648 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6652 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
6653 nr_printable_breakpoints,
6656 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6657 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6658 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6660 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6661 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6663 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
6664 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6665 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6667 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6668 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6670 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6671 if (opts.addressprint)
6673 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6675 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
6676 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
6677 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6679 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
6680 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6682 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6684 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6685 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
6686 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
6687 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6692 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6693 if (filter && !filter (b))
6696 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6697 accept. Skip the others. */
6699 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
6701 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6703 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
6706 else /* all others */
6708 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
6712 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6714 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
6715 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
6718 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
6720 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
6722 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6726 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6727 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6729 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
6730 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6736 if (last_loc && !server_command)
6737 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
6740 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6741 there have been breakpoints? */
6742 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6744 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
6747 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6748 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6751 default_collect_info (void)
6753 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6755 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6756 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6758 if (!*default_collect)
6761 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6763 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
6764 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
6765 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
6769 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6771 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
6773 default_collect_info ();
6777 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
6779 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
6780 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6782 if (num_printed == 0)
6784 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
6785 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6787 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
6792 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
6794 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6796 default_collect_info ();
6800 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6801 struct program_space *pspace,
6802 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6804 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6806 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6808 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6809 && bl->address == pc
6810 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6816 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6817 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6821 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6822 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6823 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6826 struct breakpoint *b;
6829 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6830 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6834 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6835 else /* if (others == ???) */
6836 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6838 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6841 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6842 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6843 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6844 else if (b->thread != -1)
6845 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6846 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6847 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6848 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6852 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6854 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6855 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6856 printf_filtered (".\n");
6861 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6862 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6863 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6864 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6866 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6867 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6868 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6869 breakpoint at address zero:
6877 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6879 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6881 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6884 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6885 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6888 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6889 struct bp_location *loc2)
6891 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6892 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6894 /* Both of them must exist. */
6895 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6896 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6898 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6899 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6900 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6901 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6902 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6903 other watchpoint. */
6905 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6907 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6910 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6912 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6916 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6917 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6918 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6919 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6920 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6921 become hw_access locations later. */
6922 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6923 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6924 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6925 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6928 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6931 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6932 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6934 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6935 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6939 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6940 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6941 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6942 space doesn't really matter. */
6945 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6946 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6949 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6950 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6951 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6954 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6955 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6956 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6957 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6960 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6961 struct address_space *aspace,
6964 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6967 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6968 bl->address, bl->length,
6972 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6973 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6974 true, otherwise returns false. */
6977 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6978 struct bp_location *loc2)
6980 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6981 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6982 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6983 different locations. */
6984 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6989 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6990 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6991 represent the same location. */
6994 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6995 struct bp_location *loc2)
6997 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6999 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7000 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
7001 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
7003 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
7004 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
7006 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
7009 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7010 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
7011 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
7013 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7014 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
7015 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
7016 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
7020 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
7021 int bnum, int have_bnum)
7023 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7024 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7028 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
7029 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
7031 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7032 bnum, astr1, astr2);
7034 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
7037 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7038 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7039 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7040 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7043 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7044 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
7046 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
7048 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7051 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
7052 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
7053 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
7054 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
7055 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
7057 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7058 have their addresses modified. */
7061 else if (bptype == bp_single_step)
7063 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7064 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7065 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7066 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7067 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7068 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7073 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
7075 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7076 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7077 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
7079 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7080 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7082 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
7083 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
7085 return adjusted_bpaddr;
7090 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
7091 struct breakpoint *owner)
7093 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
7095 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7100 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
7101 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
7104 switch (owner->type)
7107 case bp_single_step:
7111 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7112 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy:
7114 case bp_exception_resume:
7115 case bp_step_resume:
7116 case bp_hp_step_resume:
7117 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7119 case bp_std_terminate:
7120 case bp_shlib_event:
7121 case bp_thread_event:
7122 case bp_overlay_event:
7124 case bp_longjmp_master:
7125 case bp_std_terminate_master:
7126 case bp_exception_master:
7127 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
7128 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
7130 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
7131 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7133 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7134 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
7135 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7137 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7138 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7139 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7140 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
7145 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
7146 case bp_static_tracepoint:
7147 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
7150 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7156 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7158 static struct bp_location *
7159 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7161 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
7165 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
7167 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
7171 /* Increment reference count. */
7174 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
7179 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7180 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7183 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
7185 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
7187 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
7188 free_bp_location (*blp);
7192 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7195 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
7197 struct breakpoint *b1;
7199 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7200 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7202 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
7204 breakpoint_chain = b;
7213 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7216 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
7217 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7219 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7221 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
7223 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
7227 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
7228 b->language = current_language->la_language;
7229 b->input_radix = input_radix;
7231 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7234 b->ignore_count = 0;
7236 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
7237 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7238 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
7239 b->related_breakpoint = b;
7242 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7243 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7245 static struct breakpoint *
7246 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7248 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7250 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7252 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7253 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7257 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7258 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7262 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
7264 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
7266 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
7267 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
7268 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
7271 const char *function_name;
7272 CORE_ADDR func_addr;
7274 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
7275 &func_addr, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
7277 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
7279 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7281 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
7282 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
7283 &loc->requested_address))
7285 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7286 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
7287 loc->requested_address,
7290 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
7291 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
7293 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7294 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7295 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
7296 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7298 loc->related_address = func_addr;
7303 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
7307 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7309 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
7312 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
7314 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal.symtab));
7319 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7320 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7321 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7323 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7324 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7325 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7328 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7329 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7330 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7332 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
7334 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
7336 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
7337 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
7339 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7340 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7342 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7343 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
7346 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7347 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7348 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7349 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7350 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7351 is also returned as the value of this function.
7353 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7354 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7355 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7356 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7357 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7358 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7359 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7362 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7363 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
7364 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7366 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
7368 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
7369 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7374 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7375 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7377 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
7379 struct bp_location *bl;
7381 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7382 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7383 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7384 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7385 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7386 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7393 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7394 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7395 initiated the operation. */
7398 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
7400 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7401 int thread = tp->num;
7403 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7404 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7405 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7406 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7407 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7408 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7409 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
7410 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
7412 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
7413 struct breakpoint *clone;
7415 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7416 after their removal. */
7417 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
7418 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7419 clone->thread = thread;
7422 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
7425 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7427 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
7429 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7431 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7432 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7434 if (b->thread == thread)
7435 delete_breakpoint (b);
7440 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
7442 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7445 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
7447 if (b->thread == thread)
7448 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7452 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7453 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7454 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7458 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7460 struct breakpoint *b, *retval = NULL;
7463 if (b->pspace == current_program_space && b->type == bp_longjmp_master)
7465 struct breakpoint *new_b;
7467 new_b = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_longjmp_call_dummy,
7468 &momentary_breakpoint_ops,
7470 new_b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7472 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7474 gdb_assert (new_b->related_breakpoint == new_b);
7477 new_b->related_breakpoint = retval;
7478 while (retval->related_breakpoint != new_b->related_breakpoint)
7479 retval = retval->related_breakpoint;
7480 retval->related_breakpoint = new_b;
7486 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7487 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7490 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7491 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7495 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info *tp)
7497 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7499 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7500 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_call_dummy && b->thread == tp->num)
7502 struct breakpoint *dummy_b = b->related_breakpoint;
7504 while (dummy_b != b && dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy)
7505 dummy_b = dummy_b->related_breakpoint;
7506 if (dummy_b->type != bp_call_dummy
7507 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b->frame_id) != NULL)
7510 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b->frame_id, tp->ptid);
7512 while (b->related_breakpoint != b)
7514 if (b_tmp == b->related_breakpoint)
7515 b_tmp = b->related_breakpoint->next;
7516 delete_breakpoint (b->related_breakpoint);
7518 delete_breakpoint (b);
7523 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7525 struct breakpoint *b;
7528 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7530 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7531 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7532 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
7537 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7539 struct breakpoint *b;
7542 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
7544 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7545 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
7546 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
7550 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7551 master breakpoint. */
7553 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7555 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7557 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7558 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
7559 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
7561 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
7562 &momentary_breakpoint_ops, 1);
7566 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7568 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7570 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7572 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7573 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
7574 delete_breakpoint (b);
7578 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7580 struct breakpoint *b;
7582 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
7583 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7585 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7586 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7588 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
7590 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7596 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7598 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7600 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7601 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
7602 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7603 delete_breakpoint (b);
7606 struct lang_and_radix
7612 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7615 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7617 struct breakpoint *b;
7619 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
7620 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7621 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7625 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7628 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7630 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7632 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7633 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
7634 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7635 delete_breakpoint (b);
7639 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7641 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7643 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7644 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7645 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7646 delete_breakpoint (b);
7649 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7652 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7654 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
7656 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
7657 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
7658 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
7659 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
7662 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7663 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7664 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7666 static struct breakpoint *
7667 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address,
7668 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
7670 struct breakpoint *b;
7672 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
7673 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
7674 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode);
7679 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7681 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
7684 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7687 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
7689 struct breakpoint *b;
7691 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7693 b = create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch, address, UGLL_INSERT);
7694 if (!b->loc->inserted)
7696 delete_breakpoint (b);
7702 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7703 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7706 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7708 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7710 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7712 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7713 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7715 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7716 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7717 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7718 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7719 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7720 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
7721 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
7722 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7723 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
7724 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
7725 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7726 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
7729 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7734 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7735 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7736 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7739 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
7741 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
7742 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
7744 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7745 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7746 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7747 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7748 if (exec_bfd != NULL
7749 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
7752 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
7754 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7755 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
7757 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
7758 && !loc->shlib_disabled
7759 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
7760 || b->type == bp_jit_event
7761 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7762 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7763 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
7764 || is_tracepoint (b))
7765 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
7767 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7768 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7769 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7770 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7773 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7774 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7776 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
7778 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7779 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7780 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7783 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
7788 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7789 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7790 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7793 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7795 struct breakpoint *b;
7797 if (objfile == NULL)
7800 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7801 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7802 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7803 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7804 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7805 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7806 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7807 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7808 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7809 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7811 if ((objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED) == 0
7812 || (objfile->flags & OBJF_USERLOADED) == 0)
7817 struct bp_location *loc;
7818 int bp_modified = 0;
7820 if (!is_breakpoint (b) && !is_tracepoint (b))
7823 for (loc = b->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
7825 CORE_ADDR loc_addr = loc->address;
7827 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7828 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7831 if (loc->shlib_disabled != 0)
7834 if (objfile->pspace != loc->pspace)
7837 if (loc->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7838 && loc->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
7841 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr, objfile))
7843 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
7844 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7845 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7846 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7847 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7850 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
7857 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
7861 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7863 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7864 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7865 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7866 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7867 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7869 struct fork_catchpoint
7871 /* The base class. */
7872 struct breakpoint base;
7874 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7875 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7876 catchpoint has triggered. */
7877 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
7880 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7884 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7886 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7889 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7893 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
7895 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
7898 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7902 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7903 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7904 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7906 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7908 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
7911 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7915 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7918 static enum print_stop_action
7919 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
7921 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7922 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7923 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7925 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7926 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7927 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7929 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7930 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7932 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7933 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
7934 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7936 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7937 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
7938 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7939 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7940 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7943 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7947 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7949 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7950 struct value_print_options opts;
7951 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7953 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7955 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7956 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7958 if (opts.addressprint)
7959 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7961 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
7962 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7964 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7965 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7966 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7967 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7970 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7971 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "fork");
7974 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7978 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
7980 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
7983 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7987 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7989 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
7990 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7993 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7995 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7997 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8001 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8003 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8006 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8010 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
8012 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8015 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8019 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
8020 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8021 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8023 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8025 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
8028 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
8032 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8035 static enum print_stop_action
8036 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
8038 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8039 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8040 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8042 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8043 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8044 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8046 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8047 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8049 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8050 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
8051 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8053 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8054 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
8055 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8056 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8057 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8060 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8064 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8066 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
8067 struct value_print_options opts;
8068 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8070 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8071 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8072 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8074 if (opts.addressprint)
8075 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8077 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
8078 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
8080 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
8081 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
8082 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
8083 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
8086 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8087 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "vfork");
8090 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8094 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
8096 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
8099 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8103 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8105 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
8106 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8109 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8111 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
8113 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8114 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8115 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8116 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8117 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8119 struct solib_catchpoint
8121 /* The base class. */
8122 struct breakpoint base;
8124 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8125 unsigned char is_load;
8127 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8128 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8134 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8136 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8139 regfree (&self->compiled);
8140 xfree (self->regex);
8142 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8146 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8152 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
8158 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
8159 struct address_space *aspace,
8161 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8163 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8164 struct breakpoint *other;
8166 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
8169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
8171 struct bp_location *other_bl;
8173 if (other == bl->owner)
8176 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
8179 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
8182 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
8184 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
8193 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
8195 struct solib_catchpoint *self
8196 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
8201 struct so_list *iter;
8204 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
8209 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8218 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
8223 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
8229 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
8232 static enum print_stop_action
8233 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
8235 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8236 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8238 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8239 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8240 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8242 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8243 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8244 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
8245 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8246 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8247 print_solib_event (1);
8248 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8252 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
8254 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8255 struct value_print_options opts;
8256 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8259 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8260 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8261 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8263 if (opts.addressprint)
8266 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8273 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8275 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8280 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
8282 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8284 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
8287 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8288 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type",
8289 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8293 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
8295 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8297 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
8298 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8302 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8304 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
8306 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
8307 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
8308 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
8310 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
8311 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
8314 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
8316 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8317 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8318 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8319 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8320 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8321 created in an enabled state. */
8324 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg, int is_load, int is_temp, int enabled)
8326 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
8327 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8328 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8332 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
8334 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
8335 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
8341 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
8344 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
8346 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
8347 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
8349 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
8352 c->is_load = is_load;
8353 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, is_temp, NULL,
8354 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
8356 c->base.enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8358 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
8359 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8362 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8366 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
8367 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8370 const int enabled = 1;
8372 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
8374 add_solib_catchpoint (arg, is_load, tempflag, enabled);
8378 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8379 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8381 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
8385 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
8386 struct cmd_list_element *command)
8388 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
8391 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8392 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8393 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8394 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8395 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8397 struct syscall_catchpoint
8399 /* The base class. */
8400 struct breakpoint base;
8402 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8403 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8404 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8405 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8406 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
8409 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8413 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8415 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8417 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
8419 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8422 static const struct inferior_data *catch_syscall_inferior_data = NULL;
8424 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8426 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8427 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8428 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8430 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8431 int any_syscall_count;
8433 /* Count of each system call. */
8434 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts;
8436 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8437 if any catching is necessary. */
8438 int total_syscalls_count;
8441 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data*
8442 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior *inf)
8444 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data;
8446 inf_data = inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8447 if (inf_data == NULL)
8449 inf_data = XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data);
8450 set_inferior_data (inf, catch_syscall_inferior_data, inf_data);
8457 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior *inf, void *arg)
8463 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8467 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8469 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8470 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8471 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8472 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8474 ++inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8475 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8476 ++inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8482 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8487 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8489 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
8490 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8491 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8493 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
8494 vec_addr = ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8495 inf_data->syscalls_counts)
8497 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
8498 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
8500 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8501 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
8505 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8506 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8507 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8509 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8511 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8514 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8518 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
8520 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8521 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
8522 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
8523 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
8525 --inf_data->total_syscalls_count;
8526 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8527 --inf_data->any_syscall_count;
8533 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8537 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts))
8538 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8540 elem = VEC_index (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter);
8541 VEC_replace (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
8545 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid),
8546 inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0,
8547 inf_data->any_syscall_count,
8549 inf_data->syscalls_counts),
8551 inf_data->syscalls_counts));
8554 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8558 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
8559 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8560 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8562 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8563 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8564 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8565 int syscall_number = 0;
8566 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
8567 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8569 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8570 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
8573 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
8575 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8576 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8581 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8583 if (syscall_number == iter)
8592 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8595 static enum print_stop_action
8596 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
8598 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8599 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8600 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8601 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8602 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8603 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8605 struct target_waitstatus last;
8607 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bs->bp_location_at->gdbarch;
8609 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
8611 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, last.value.syscall_number, &s);
8613 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8615 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8616 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8618 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8619 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8621 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8622 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8623 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8624 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
8625 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8627 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8629 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
8630 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
8632 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
8634 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8635 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
8637 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
8639 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8641 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8644 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8648 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
8649 struct bp_location **last_loc)
8651 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8652 struct value_print_options opts;
8653 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8654 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = b->loc->gdbarch;
8656 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8657 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8658 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8660 if (opts.addressprint)
8661 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8664 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
8665 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8666 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
8668 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
8670 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8673 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8676 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8681 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, iter, &s);
8684 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
8686 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
8688 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8689 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8693 /* Remove the last comma. */
8694 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
8695 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
8698 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
8699 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8701 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8702 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "syscall");
8705 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8709 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
8711 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8712 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = b->loc->gdbarch;
8714 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8718 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
8719 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
8721 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
8724 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8728 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, iter, &s);
8731 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
8733 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
8735 printf_filtered (")");
8738 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8742 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8746 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8748 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
8749 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = b->loc->gdbarch;
8751 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
8753 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
8758 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
8763 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, iter, &s);
8765 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
8767 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
8770 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8773 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8775 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
8777 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8780 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
8782 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
8785 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8786 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8787 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8788 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8791 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8792 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
8794 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8796 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8799 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
8801 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
8803 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
8804 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8808 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
8810 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
8811 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
8812 if (is_tracepoint (b))
8813 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8816 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
8819 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
8823 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8824 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
8825 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8827 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
8829 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
8831 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
8833 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8836 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8838 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8839 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8840 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8841 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8842 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8844 struct exec_catchpoint
8846 /* The base class. */
8847 struct breakpoint base;
8849 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8850 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8852 char *exec_pathname;
8855 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8859 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8861 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8863 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
8865 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
8869 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8871 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8875 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
8877 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid));
8881 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
8882 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
8883 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
8885 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
8887 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
8890 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
8894 static enum print_stop_action
8895 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
8897 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8898 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
8899 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8901 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
8902 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
8903 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8905 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
8906 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8908 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
8909 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
8910 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
8912 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
8913 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
8914 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
8915 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
8917 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
8921 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
8923 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
8924 struct value_print_options opts;
8925 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
8927 get_user_print_options (&opts);
8929 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8930 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8931 is relatively readable). */
8932 if (opts.addressprint)
8933 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
8935 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
8936 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
8938 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
8939 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
8940 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
8943 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
8944 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "catch-type", "exec");
8948 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
8950 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
8953 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8957 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
8959 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
8960 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
8963 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
8966 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
8967 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8969 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
8970 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
8972 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
8973 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
8974 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
8976 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
8980 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8983 struct breakpoint *b;
8984 struct bp_location *bl;
8988 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
8989 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
8991 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8993 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9000 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
9004 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
9007 struct bp_location *bl;
9009 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9012 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
9014 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
9016 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
9022 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
9023 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
9024 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
9025 types _not_ TYPE. */
9028 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
9029 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
9032 struct breakpoint *b;
9034 *other_type_used = 0;
9039 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
9042 if (b->type == type)
9043 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
9044 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
9045 *other_type_used = 1;
9052 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
9054 struct breakpoint *b;
9058 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
9060 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
9061 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9067 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
9069 struct breakpoint *b;
9073 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
9075 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9076 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9082 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
9084 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
9085 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9089 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
9091 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
9092 breakpoint_re_set ();
9095 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
9098 static struct breakpoint *
9099 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread, struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
9101 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9103 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bp_single_step,
9104 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9106 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9107 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
9110 gdb_assert (b->thread != 0);
9112 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
9117 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
9118 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
9122 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
9123 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
9125 struct breakpoint *b;
9127 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
9129 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id));
9131 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
9132 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9133 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9134 b->frame_id = frame_id;
9136 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
9137 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
9139 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
9140 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
9142 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
9147 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
9148 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
9149 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
9151 static struct breakpoint *
9152 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
9154 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9157 struct breakpoint *copy;
9159 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
9160 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
9161 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
9163 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
9164 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
9165 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
9166 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
9167 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
9168 copy->loc->probe = orig->loc->probe;
9169 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
9170 copy->loc->symtab = orig->loc->symtab;
9171 copy->loc->enabled = loc_enabled;
9172 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
9173 copy->thread = orig->thread;
9174 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
9176 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
9177 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9178 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
9180 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
9184 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9188 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
9190 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9194 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops, 0);
9198 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
9201 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9203 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9205 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
9206 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9208 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
9212 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9215 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
9217 b->ops->print_mention (b);
9218 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
9220 printf_filtered ("\n");
9224 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc);
9226 static struct bp_location *
9227 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9228 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
9230 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
9231 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
9232 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9234 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
9235 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
9237 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9238 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9239 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9240 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9241 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9242 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9243 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
9246 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9247 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
9248 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL && (*tmp)->address <= adjusted_address;
9249 tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
9254 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
9255 loc->address = adjusted_address;
9256 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
9257 loc->probe.probe = sal->probe;
9258 loc->probe.objfile = sal->objfile;
9259 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
9260 loc->section = sal->section;
9261 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
9262 loc->line_number = sal->line;
9263 loc->symtab = sal->symtab;
9265 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
9266 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
9268 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
9278 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9279 return 0 otherwise. */
9282 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
9286 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
9287 gdb_byte *target_mem;
9288 struct cleanup *cleanup;
9291 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
9293 /* bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations are usually memory locations
9294 where GDB just wrote a breakpoint instruction, making it look
9295 as if there is a permanent breakpoint at that location. Considering
9296 it permanent makes GDB rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop
9297 the program, thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint
9298 there. This is normally expected to work, except that some versions
9299 of QEMU (Eg: QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC) just report a fatal problem (Trap
9300 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state) instead of reporting
9301 a SIGTRAP. QEMU should probably be fixed, but in the interest of
9302 compatibility with versions that behave this way, we always consider
9303 bp_call_dummy breakpoint locations as non-permanent. */
9304 if (loc->owner->type == bp_call_dummy)
9307 addr = loc->address;
9308 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
9310 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9314 target_mem = alloca (len);
9316 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9317 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9318 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9319 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
9321 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
9322 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9324 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
9325 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
9328 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9333 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9334 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9337 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint *b)
9339 char *dprintf_args = b->extra_string;
9340 char *printf_line = NULL;
9345 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9347 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9349 if (*dprintf_args == ',')
9351 dprintf_args = skip_spaces (dprintf_args);
9353 if (*dprintf_args != '"')
9354 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9356 if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_gdb) == 0)
9357 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9358 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_call) == 0)
9360 if (!dprintf_function)
9361 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9363 if (dprintf_channel && strlen (dprintf_channel) > 0)
9364 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9369 printf_line = xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9373 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style, dprintf_style_agent) == 0)
9375 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9376 printf_line = xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args);
9379 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9380 printf_line = xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args);
9384 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9385 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9387 gdb_assert (printf_line != NULL);
9388 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9390 struct command_line *printf_cmd_line
9391 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9393 printf_cmd_line = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line));
9394 printf_cmd_line->control_type = simple_control;
9395 printf_cmd_line->body_count = 0;
9396 printf_cmd_line->body_list = NULL;
9397 printf_cmd_line->next = NULL;
9398 printf_cmd_line->line = printf_line;
9400 breakpoint_set_commands (b, printf_cmd_line);
9404 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9405 current style settings. */
9408 update_dprintf_commands (char *args, int from_tty,
9409 struct cmd_list_element *c)
9411 struct breakpoint *b;
9415 if (b->type == bp_dprintf)
9416 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9420 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9421 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9422 as condition expression. */
9425 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9426 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9427 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9429 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9430 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9431 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9432 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9433 int display_canonical)
9437 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
9439 int target_resources_ok;
9441 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9442 target_resources_ok =
9443 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9445 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
9446 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9447 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
9448 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9451 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
9453 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
9455 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
9456 struct bp_location *loc;
9460 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
9462 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
9464 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
9465 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
9470 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
9474 b->cond_string = cond_string;
9475 b->extra_string = extra_string;
9476 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
9477 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
9478 b->disposition = disposition;
9480 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9481 b->loc->inserted = 1;
9483 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
9485 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
9486 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
9488 if (strace_marker_p (b))
9490 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9491 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9492 char *p = &addr_string[3];
9496 p = skip_spaces (p);
9498 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9500 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9501 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
9503 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9505 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9507 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
9509 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
9510 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
9512 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9514 t->static_trace_marker_id);
9517 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9518 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9525 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
9526 if ((flags & CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED) != 0)
9532 const char *arg = b->cond_string;
9534 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, loc->address,
9535 block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
9537 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg);
9540 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9541 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9542 if (type == bp_dprintf)
9544 if (b->extra_string)
9545 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
9547 error (_("Format string required"));
9549 else if (b->extra_string)
9550 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b->extra_string);
9553 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
9555 b->addr_string = addr_string;
9557 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9560 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
9565 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9566 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
9567 char *filter, char *cond_string,
9569 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9570 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9571 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9572 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags,
9573 int display_canonical)
9575 struct breakpoint *b;
9576 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9578 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
9580 struct tracepoint *t;
9582 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
9586 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
9588 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
9590 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
9592 filter, cond_string, extra_string,
9594 thread, task, ignore_count,
9596 enabled, internal, flags,
9598 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
9600 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
9603 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9604 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9605 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9606 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9607 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9608 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9609 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9610 we take just a single condition string.
9612 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9613 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9614 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9615 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9616 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9619 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9620 struct linespec_result *canonical,
9621 char *cond_string, char *extra_string,
9622 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
9623 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
9624 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
9625 int enabled, int internal, unsigned flags)
9628 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
9630 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
9631 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
9633 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
9635 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9636 'break', without arguments. */
9637 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
9638 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
9640 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
9641 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
9643 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
9644 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
9647 cond_string, extra_string,
9649 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
9650 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
9651 canonical->special_display);
9652 discard_cleanups (inner);
9656 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9657 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9658 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9659 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9661 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9662 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9665 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
9666 struct linespec_result *canonical)
9668 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9670 if ((*address) == NULL
9671 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
9673 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9675 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9677 struct linespec_sals lsal;
9678 struct symtab_and_line sal;
9681 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9682 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
9683 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
9685 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9686 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9687 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9688 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9689 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9690 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
9692 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
9694 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9695 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9696 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9697 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9698 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9700 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
9702 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
9703 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
9704 lsal.canonical = NULL;
9706 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
9709 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9713 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9715 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9716 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9717 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9718 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9720 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9721 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9722 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9724 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
9725 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
9726 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9727 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9728 get_last_displayed_line (),
9729 canonical, NULL, NULL);
9731 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9732 cursal.symtab, cursal.line, canonical, NULL, NULL);
9737 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9738 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9741 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9745 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9746 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
9749 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9750 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9751 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9752 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9753 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9757 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9758 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
9761 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
9763 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9765 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
9767 struct gdbarch *sarch;
9769 sal = &sals->sals[i];
9771 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
9772 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9773 associated with SAL. */
9776 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
9778 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
9781 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9782 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
9784 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9788 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9790 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9791 invalid_thread_id_error (int id)
9793 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id);
9796 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9797 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9798 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9799 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9800 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9801 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9804 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
9805 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task,
9808 *cond_string = NULL;
9815 const char *end_tok;
9817 const char *cond_start = NULL;
9818 const char *cond_end = NULL;
9820 tok = skip_spaces_const (tok);
9822 if ((*tok == '"' || *tok == ',') && rest)
9824 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9828 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
9830 toklen = end_tok - tok;
9832 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
9834 struct expression *expr;
9836 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
9837 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, pc, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
9840 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
9842 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
9847 *thread = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9849 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9850 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
9851 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread);
9854 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
9859 *task = strtol (tok, &tmptok, 0);
9861 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9862 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
9863 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
9868 *rest = savestring (tok, strlen (tok));
9872 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9876 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9878 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9879 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
9881 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
9882 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
9883 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9884 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
9889 p = skip_spaces (p);
9891 endp = skip_to_space (p);
9893 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
9894 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
9896 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
9897 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
9898 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
9900 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
9901 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
9903 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
9905 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
9907 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
9909 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
9911 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
9912 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
9914 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
9917 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9923 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9924 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9925 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9926 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9927 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9928 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9929 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9930 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9931 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9932 was created; false otherwise. */
9935 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
9936 char *arg, char *cond_string,
9937 int thread, char *extra_string,
9939 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
9941 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
9942 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
9943 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal,
9946 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9947 char *copy_arg = NULL;
9948 char *addr_start = arg;
9949 struct linespec_result canonical;
9950 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9951 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
9954 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
9956 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
9958 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
9960 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
9962 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
9963 addr_start, ©_arg);
9966 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9970 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
9976 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
9978 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9981 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
9982 throw_exception (e);
9984 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
9986 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9987 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9988 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9989 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9990 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
9993 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9994 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9995 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9996 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9998 struct linespec_sals lsal;
10000 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
10001 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
10002 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
10003 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
10004 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
10006 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
10010 throw_exception (e);
10014 throw_exception (e);
10017 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
10018 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
10020 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
10021 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
10022 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
10023 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
10024 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
10026 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
10027 are ok for the target. */
10031 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10033 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10034 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
10037 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
10038 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
10041 struct linespec_sals *iter;
10043 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
10044 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
10047 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
10048 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
10055 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
10057 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
10059 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
10060 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
10061 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
10062 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
10064 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
10065 &thread, &task, &rest);
10067 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10069 make_cleanup (xfree, rest);
10071 extra_string = rest;
10076 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg);
10078 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10081 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10082 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10084 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
10087 extra_string = xstrdup (extra_string);
10088 make_cleanup (xfree, extra_string);
10092 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical,
10093 cond_string, extra_string, type_wanted,
10094 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
10095 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
10096 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags);
10100 struct breakpoint *b;
10102 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
10104 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
10106 struct tracepoint *t;
10108 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
10112 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
10114 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
10116 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
10118 b->cond_string = NULL;
10121 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
10124 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
10125 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
10127 b->cond_string = cond_string;
10129 b->extra_string = NULL;
10130 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
10131 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10132 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
10133 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
10134 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
10135 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
10136 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10138 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
10141 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
10143 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
10144 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
10145 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
10148 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
10150 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
10151 /* But cleanup everything else. */
10152 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10154 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
10155 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10160 /* Set a breakpoint.
10161 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
10162 condition, and thread.
10163 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
10164 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
10165 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
10168 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
10170 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
10171 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
10172 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
10174 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
10175 const char *arg_cp = arg;
10177 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
10178 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp) != NULL)
10179 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
10181 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
10183 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10185 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10186 tempflag, type_wanted,
10187 0 /* Ignore count */,
10188 pending_break_support,
10196 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10199 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
10203 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10205 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
10206 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10207 sal->line, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal->symtab));
10210 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10211 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10212 if (sal->explicit_line)
10213 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
10216 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
10218 const struct blockvector *bv;
10219 const struct block *b;
10220 struct symbol *sym;
10222 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b,
10223 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal->symtab));
10226 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
10229 fixup_symbol_section (sym, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab));
10230 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal->symtab),
10235 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10236 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10237 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10238 happen in assembly source). */
10240 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym;
10241 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
10243 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
10245 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
10247 sal->section = MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym.objfile, msym.minsym);
10249 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10256 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10258 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10262 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10264 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
10268 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10270 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
10274 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10276 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
10280 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10282 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10283 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10284 stop at <line>\n"));
10288 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10292 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
10294 else if (*arg != '*')
10296 char *argptr = arg;
10299 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10300 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10301 function/method name. */
10302 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10304 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10309 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10311 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
10315 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10317 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10321 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10325 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
10329 char *argptr = arg;
10332 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10333 it is probably a line number. */
10334 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
10336 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
10341 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
10343 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
10347 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10349 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
10352 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10353 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10354 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10358 dprintf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10360 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10362 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
10364 0 /* Ignore count */,
10365 pending_break_support,
10366 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops,
10374 agent_printf_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10376 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10379 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10380 ranged breakpoints. */
10383 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10384 struct address_space *aspace,
10386 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10388 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10389 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
10392 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
10393 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
10396 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10397 ranged breakpoints. */
10400 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10402 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10405 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10406 ranged breakpoints. */
10408 static enum print_stop_action
10409 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
10411 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10412 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10413 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10415 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10417 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10418 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10420 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
10421 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
10422 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10424 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10425 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10427 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10428 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10429 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10431 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10432 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
10434 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10437 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10438 ranged breakpoints. */
10441 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10442 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10444 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10445 struct value_print_options opts;
10446 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10448 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10449 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
10451 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10453 if (opts.addressprint)
10454 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10455 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10456 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
10457 annotate_field (5);
10458 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
10462 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10463 ranged breakpoints. */
10466 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
10467 struct ui_out *uiout)
10469 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
10470 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10471 struct ui_file *stb = mem_fileopen ();
10472 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10476 address_start = bl->address;
10477 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
10479 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
10480 fprintf_unfiltered (stb, "[%s, %s]",
10481 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
10482 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
10483 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
10484 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10486 do_cleanups (cleanup);
10489 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10490 ranged breakpoints. */
10493 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10495 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
10496 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10499 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
10501 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10504 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10505 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
10506 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
10509 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10510 ranged breakpoints. */
10513 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
10515 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
10516 b->addr_string_range_end);
10517 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10520 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10522 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
10524 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10525 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10526 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10527 last instruction of the given line. */
10530 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
10534 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10535 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10536 if (sal.explicit_pc)
10543 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
10545 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10547 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10554 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10557 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10559 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
10560 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
10561 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
10563 struct breakpoint *b;
10564 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
10565 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
10566 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
10568 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10569 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10570 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10572 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10573 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10574 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
10576 if (can_use_bp < 0)
10577 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10579 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10580 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
10581 error(_("No address range specified."));
10583 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10586 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
10588 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
10591 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10592 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
10593 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10595 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
10597 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
10598 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
10599 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10601 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
10602 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10603 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
10605 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
10606 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10608 /* Parse the end location. */
10610 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10613 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10614 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10615 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10616 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10617 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10618 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10619 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
10620 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
10622 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
10624 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
10625 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10627 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
10628 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
10629 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
10630 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10632 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
10633 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
10634 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
10636 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
10637 if (sal_start.pc > end)
10638 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10640 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
10642 /* Length overflowed. */
10643 error (_("Address range too large."));
10644 else if (length == 1)
10646 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10647 the `hbreak' command. */
10648 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
10650 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10655 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10656 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
10657 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
10658 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
10659 b->number = breakpoint_count;
10660 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10661 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
10662 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
10663 b->loc->length = length;
10665 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
10668 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
10669 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
10672 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10673 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10674 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10678 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
10680 int i = exp->nelts;
10686 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10687 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
10690 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
10700 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
10701 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
10702 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
10703 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
10704 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
10706 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
10733 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
10736 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
10737 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
10742 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE:
10743 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST:
10744 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST:
10745 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10746 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10747 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10748 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10750 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10751 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10756 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10758 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10759 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10760 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10761 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10763 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10764 are always constant. */
10766 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
10768 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
10769 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
10770 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
10775 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10776 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10777 then it is not a constant. */
10786 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10789 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
10791 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
10793 xfree (w->cond_exp);
10795 xfree (w->exp_string);
10796 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
10797 value_free (w->val);
10799 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
10802 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10805 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10807 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10809 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10810 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10812 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10813 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10814 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10815 are loaded and unloaded.
10817 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10818 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10819 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10820 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10821 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10822 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10824 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10825 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10826 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10827 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10829 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10830 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10832 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10833 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10834 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
10837 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10840 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10842 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10843 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10845 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10849 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10852 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
10854 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10855 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
10857 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
10862 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
10863 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
10864 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
10866 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
10867 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10869 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10870 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10871 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10872 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10873 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10874 (did not match the data address). */
10875 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
10876 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
10883 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10885 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
10887 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
10890 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10891 hardware watchpoints. */
10894 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
10896 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
10897 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
10899 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
10902 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10903 hardware watchpoints. */
10906 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
10908 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10909 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10912 static enum print_stop_action
10913 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
10915 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10916 struct breakpoint *b;
10917 struct ui_file *stb;
10918 enum print_stop_action result;
10919 struct watchpoint *w;
10920 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10922 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
10924 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10925 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
10927 stb = mem_fileopen ();
10928 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb);
10932 case bp_watchpoint:
10933 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
10934 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10935 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10936 ui_out_field_string
10938 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10940 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10941 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10942 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10943 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10944 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10945 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10946 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10947 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10948 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10949 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10952 case bp_read_watchpoint:
10953 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10954 ui_out_field_string
10956 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10958 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10959 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10960 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10961 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
10962 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10963 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10966 case bp_access_watchpoint:
10967 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
10969 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
10970 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10971 ui_out_field_string
10973 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10975 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10976 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
10977 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb);
10978 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
10979 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
10984 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10985 ui_out_field_string
10987 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
10988 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
10989 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
10991 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb);
10992 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
10993 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
10994 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
10997 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11000 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11004 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
11008 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11010 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11011 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11012 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11016 case bp_watchpoint:
11017 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
11018 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11020 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11021 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
11022 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11024 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11025 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
11026 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11028 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11029 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11030 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11033 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11034 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11037 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11038 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11039 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11040 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11043 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11047 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11049 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11053 case bp_watchpoint:
11054 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11055 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11057 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11058 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11060 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11061 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11064 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11065 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
11068 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
11069 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11072 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
11076 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
11078 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
11079 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
11080 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
11086 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
11088 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11090 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
11091 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11094 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11096 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11098 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11099 bl->watchpoint_type);
11102 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
11103 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11106 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
11108 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11110 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
11111 bl->watchpoint_type);
11114 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
11115 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11118 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
11120 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
11122 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
11125 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
11126 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11129 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11134 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
11135 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11137 static enum print_stop_action
11138 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
11140 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
11141 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11143 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11144 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11148 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11149 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
11150 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11151 ui_out_field_string
11153 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11156 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11157 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11158 ui_out_field_string
11160 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11163 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11164 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
11165 ui_out_field_string
11167 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
11170 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11171 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11175 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
11176 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11177 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11178 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11180 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11181 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
11184 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11185 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11188 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
11189 struct ui_out *uiout)
11191 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11193 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11194 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
11196 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
11197 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
11198 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
11201 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11202 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11205 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
11207 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11208 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11209 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
11213 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11214 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11215 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
11217 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11218 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11219 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
11221 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11222 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11223 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
11226 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11227 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11230 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
11231 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
11232 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
11233 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
11236 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11237 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11240 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11242 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
11247 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
11248 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
11250 case bp_read_watchpoint:
11251 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
11253 case bp_access_watchpoint:
11254 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
11257 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11258 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11261 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
11262 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
11263 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
11266 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11268 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11270 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11273 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
11275 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
11278 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11279 hw_read: watch read,
11280 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11282 watch_command_1 (const char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
11283 int just_location, int internal)
11285 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11286 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
11287 struct expression *exp;
11288 const struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
11289 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
11290 int saved_bitpos = 0, saved_bitsize = 0;
11291 struct frame_info *frame;
11292 const char *exp_start = NULL;
11293 const char *exp_end = NULL;
11294 const char *tok, *end_tok;
11296 const char *cond_start = NULL;
11297 const char *cond_end = NULL;
11298 enum bptype bp_type;
11301 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11302 the hardware watchpoint. */
11304 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
11305 struct watchpoint *w;
11307 struct cleanup *back_to;
11309 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11310 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
11312 const char *value_start;
11314 exp_end = arg + strlen (arg);
11316 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11317 of the arguments string. */
11318 for (tok = exp_end - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
11320 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11321 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11324 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11325 This is the value of the parameter. */
11326 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11328 value_start = tok + 1;
11330 /* Skip whitespace. */
11331 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
11336 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11337 This is the parameter itself. */
11338 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
11341 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
11343 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
11345 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11346 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11347 only in a specific thread. */
11351 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11353 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11354 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
11356 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11358 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
11359 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
11361 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11362 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
11363 invalid_thread_id_error (thread);
11365 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
11367 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11368 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11370 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
11373 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11375 use_mask = just_location = 1;
11377 mark = value_mark ();
11378 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
11379 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
11380 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11383 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11386 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11387 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11394 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11395 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11397 innermost_block = NULL;
11398 expression = savestring (arg, exp_end - arg);
11399 back_to = make_cleanup (xfree, expression);
11400 exp_start = arg = expression;
11401 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0, 0);
11403 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11404 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11406 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
11409 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11410 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
11414 len = exp_end - exp_start;
11415 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
11417 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
11420 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11421 mark = value_mark ();
11422 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL, just_location);
11424 if (val != NULL && just_location)
11426 saved_bitpos = value_bitpos (val);
11427 saved_bitsize = value_bitsize (val);
11434 exp_valid_block = NULL;
11435 val = value_addr (result);
11436 release_value (val);
11437 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11441 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
11444 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11445 else if (ret == -2)
11446 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11449 else if (val != NULL)
11450 release_value (val);
11452 tok = skip_spaces_const (arg);
11453 end_tok = skip_to_space_const (tok);
11455 toklen = end_tok - tok;
11456 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
11458 struct expression *cond;
11460 innermost_block = NULL;
11461 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
11462 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0, 0);
11464 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11465 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11466 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
11472 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11474 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
11476 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11477 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11478 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11479 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11480 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
11482 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
11485 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11486 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
11487 bp_watchpoint_scope,
11488 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
11490 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
11492 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11493 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
11495 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11496 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11498 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11499 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
11500 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
11501 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
11502 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11503 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
11504 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
11505 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
11506 scope_breakpoint->type);
11510 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11511 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11512 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11513 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11515 if (accessflag == hw_read)
11516 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
11517 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
11518 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
11520 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
11522 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
11525 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11526 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11528 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
11529 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
11530 b->thread = thread;
11531 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
11532 b->pspace = current_program_space;
11534 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
11535 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
11538 struct type *t = value_type (val);
11539 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
11542 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
11543 name = type_to_string (t);
11545 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
11546 core_addr_to_string (addr));
11549 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11550 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
11552 /* The above expression is in C. */
11553 b->language = language_c;
11556 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
11560 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
11565 w->val_bitpos = saved_bitpos;
11566 w->val_bitsize = saved_bitsize;
11571 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
11573 b->cond_string = 0;
11577 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
11578 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
11582 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
11583 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
11586 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
11588 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11589 need to act on them together. */
11590 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
11591 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
11594 if (!just_location)
11595 value_free_to_mark (mark);
11597 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
11599 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11600 that should be inserted. */
11601 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
11605 delete_breakpoint (b);
11606 throw_exception (e);
11609 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
11610 do_cleanups (back_to);
11613 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11614 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11617 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
11619 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
11620 struct value *head = v;
11622 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11623 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
11626 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11627 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11628 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11629 hardware watchpoint.
11631 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11632 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11633 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11634 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11635 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11636 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11637 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11638 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11639 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11641 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11642 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11643 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11644 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11645 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
11647 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
11649 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
11650 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11651 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11652 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11653 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11654 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11658 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11659 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11660 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
11662 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11663 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11664 middle of some value chain. */
11666 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11667 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
11669 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
11673 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
11674 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
11675 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
11677 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
11681 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
11685 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
11686 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
11687 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11688 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
11689 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11692 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11693 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11694 return found_memory_cnt;
11698 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11700 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
11703 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11704 calls watch_command_1. */
11707 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
11709 int just_location = 0;
11712 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11713 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11715 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11719 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
11723 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11725 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
11729 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11731 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
11735 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11737 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
11741 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
11743 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
11747 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
11749 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
11753 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11754 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11756 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11758 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11759 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
11763 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11764 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11765 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11768 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
11770 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
11772 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
11773 if (a->breakpoint2)
11774 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
11775 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
11779 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
11781 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
11782 struct symtab_and_line sal;
11783 struct frame_info *frame;
11784 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch;
11785 struct frame_id stack_frame_id;
11786 struct frame_id caller_frame_id;
11787 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
11788 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
11789 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11791 struct thread_info *tp;
11793 clear_proceed_status (0);
11795 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11798 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11799 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11800 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11801 get_last_displayed_line ());
11803 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
11804 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
11806 if (sals.nelts != 1)
11807 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11809 sal = sals.sals[0];
11810 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11813 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11815 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
11817 tp = inferior_thread ();
11820 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
11822 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11823 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11824 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11827 frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
11828 frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
11829 stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
11830 caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
11832 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11835 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
11837 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
11839 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
11840 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
11841 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
11845 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
11847 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
11848 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
11851 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11855 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11856 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11857 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11858 null_frame_id, bp_until);
11860 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11861 only at the very same frame. */
11862 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
11863 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
11864 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
11866 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
11868 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11869 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11870 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11871 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11873 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
11875 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
11876 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
11878 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
11879 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
11880 args->thread_num = thread;
11882 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
11883 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11884 until_break_command_continuation, args,
11888 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11891 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11892 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11894 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11895 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11896 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11897 if clause in the arg string. */
11900 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
11904 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
11907 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11910 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11911 condition string. */
11912 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
11913 cond_string = *arg;
11915 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11917 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
11919 return cond_string;
11922 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11923 process start/exit, etc. */
11927 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
11928 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
11933 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11934 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11936 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11937 char *cond_string = NULL;
11938 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
11941 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
11942 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
11943 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
11947 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11949 /* The allowed syntax is:
11951 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11953 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11954 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
11956 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
11957 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11959 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11960 and enable reporting of such events. */
11963 case catch_fork_temporary:
11964 case catch_fork_permanent:
11965 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11966 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
11968 case catch_vfork_temporary:
11969 case catch_vfork_permanent:
11970 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
11971 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
11974 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11980 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
11981 struct cmd_list_element *command)
11983 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
11984 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
11986 char *cond_string = NULL;
11988 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
11992 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
11994 /* The allowed syntax is:
11996 catch exec if <cond>
11998 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11999 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
12001 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
12002 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
12004 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
12005 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
12006 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
12007 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
12009 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
12013 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
12014 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12015 struct symtab_and_line sal,
12017 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12024 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
12026 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
12028 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
12029 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
12030 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
12031 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
12032 used for different exception names will use the same address.
12033 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
12034 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
12035 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
12036 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
12037 enough for now, though. */
12040 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
12042 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
12043 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
12044 b->addr_string = addr_string;
12045 b->language = language_ada;
12048 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
12049 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
12051 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
12053 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
12054 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
12055 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = target_gdbarch ();
12057 while (*arg != '\0')
12059 int i, syscall_number;
12061 char cur_name[128];
12064 /* Skip whitespace. */
12065 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12067 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
12068 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
12069 cur_name[i] = '\0';
12072 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
12073 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
12074 if (*endptr == '\0')
12075 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, syscall_number, &s);
12078 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
12080 get_syscall_by_name (gdbarch, cur_name, &s);
12082 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
12083 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
12084 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
12085 syscall number to be caught. */
12086 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
12089 /* Ok, it's valid. */
12090 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
12093 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
12097 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
12100 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
12101 struct cmd_list_element *command)
12106 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
12108 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
12109 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
12110 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
12111 this architecture yet."));
12113 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
12115 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
12117 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
12118 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
12119 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
12120 for his/her architecture. */
12121 get_syscall_by_number (gdbarch, 0, &s);
12123 /* The allowed syntax is:
12125 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
12127 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
12130 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
12134 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
12135 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
12139 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12141 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12146 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12148 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
12151 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
12154 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
12156 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
12157 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
12158 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
12159 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
12161 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
12163 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
12166 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
12170 return ua > ub ? 1 : 0;
12173 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12176 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12178 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
12179 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
12182 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
12183 struct symtab_and_line sal;
12185 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
12189 sals = decode_line_with_current_source (arg,
12190 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12191 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
12192 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12197 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
12198 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
12199 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
12200 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12202 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12203 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12204 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12205 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
12206 if (sal.symtab == 0)
12207 error (_("No source file specified."));
12209 sals.sals[0] = sal;
12215 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12216 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12217 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12218 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12220 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12221 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12222 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12223 due to optimization, all in one block.
12225 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12226 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12227 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12228 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12229 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12230 to support that. */
12232 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12233 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12234 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12238 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
12239 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
12241 const char *sal_fullname;
12243 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12244 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12245 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12248 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12253 1 0 <can't happen> */
12255 sal = sals.sals[i];
12256 sal_fullname = (sal.symtab == NULL
12257 ? NULL : symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab));
12259 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12260 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12263 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12264 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
12266 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
12267 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12269 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12270 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12271 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
12273 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
12274 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
12275 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
12276 || loc->section == sal.section));
12277 int line_match = 0;
12279 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
12280 && loc->symtab != NULL
12281 && sal_fullname != NULL
12282 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
12283 && loc->line_number == sal.line
12284 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc->symtab),
12285 sal_fullname) == 0)
12288 if (pc_match || line_match)
12297 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
12301 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12302 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
12305 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
12307 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12310 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12311 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
12312 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
12313 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
12314 compare_breakpoints);
12315 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
12316 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
12320 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
12325 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
12326 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12329 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
12330 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12332 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12335 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
12338 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
12339 delete_breakpoint (b);
12342 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12344 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12347 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12348 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12349 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12352 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
12354 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12356 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
12357 if (bs->breakpoint_at
12358 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
12360 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
12362 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12364 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
12365 delete_breakpoint (b);
12369 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12370 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12371 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12372 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12373 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12374 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12377 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
12379 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
12380 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
12382 if (a->address != b->address)
12383 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
12385 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12386 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12389 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
12390 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
12391 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
12393 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12394 if (a->permanent != b->permanent)
12395 return (a->permanent < b->permanent) - (a->permanent > b->permanent);
12397 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12398 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12399 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12401 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
12402 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
12403 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
12405 return (a > b) - (a < b);
12408 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12409 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12410 content of the bp_location array. */
12413 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12415 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
12417 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
12418 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
12420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
12422 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
12424 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
12427 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
12428 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
12430 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
12431 addr = bl->address - start;
12432 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
12433 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
12435 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12437 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
12438 addr = end - bl->address;
12439 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
12440 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
12444 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12447 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12449 struct breakpoint *b;
12450 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12452 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12455 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
12457 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
12459 struct bp_location *bl;
12460 struct tracepoint *t;
12461 int bp_location_downloaded = 0;
12463 if ((b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
12464 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12465 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
12468 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
12470 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12471 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12472 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12473 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
12476 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
12478 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
12481 bp_location_downloaded = 1;
12483 t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12484 t->number_on_target = b->number;
12485 if (bp_location_downloaded)
12486 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
12489 do_cleanups (old_chain);
12492 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12495 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
12497 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
12498 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
12499 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
12500 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
12502 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12503 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
12504 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
12505 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
12506 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
12508 left->inserted = right->inserted;
12509 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
12510 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
12511 left->target_info = right->target_info;
12512 right->inserted = left_inserted;
12513 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
12514 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
12515 right->target_info = left_target_info;
12518 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12519 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12520 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12524 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
12526 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
12527 struct bp_location *loc;
12528 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
12531 address = bl->address;
12532 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
12534 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12535 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12536 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12538 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12539 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12542 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12543 the same program space as the location
12544 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12545 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12546 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
12550 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
12551 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
12554 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12555 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12556 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12557 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12558 that have already been marked. */
12559 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
12561 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12563 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
12565 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
12566 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
12570 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12571 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12572 locations are duplicate of which.
12574 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12575 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12579 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12581 struct breakpoint *b;
12582 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
12583 struct cleanup *cleanups;
12584 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12585 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
12586 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12587 int last_pspace_num = -1;
12589 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12590 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12591 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12592 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12593 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12595 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
12596 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
12597 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
12598 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
12600 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12601 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12602 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
12603 unsigned old_location_count;
12605 old_location = bp_location;
12606 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
12607 bp_location = NULL;
12608 bp_location_count = 0;
12609 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
12611 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12612 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12613 bp_location_count++;
12615 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
12616 locp = bp_location;
12617 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12618 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
12620 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
12621 bp_location_compare);
12623 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12625 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12626 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12627 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12628 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12629 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12632 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12633 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12635 locp = bp_location;
12636 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
12639 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
12640 struct bp_location **loc2p;
12642 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12643 not, we have to free it. */
12644 int found_object = 0;
12645 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12646 int keep_in_target = 0;
12649 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12650 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12651 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
12652 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
12656 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12657 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12660 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12661 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12662 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12664 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
12665 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
12666 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
12668 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
12669 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
12672 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
12676 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12677 have to go through updates again. */
12678 last_addr = old_loc->address;
12680 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12682 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
12684 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12685 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12686 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12687 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12688 at certain location is not inserted. */
12690 if (old_loc->inserted)
12692 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12695 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
12697 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12698 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12699 keep_in_target = 1;
12703 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12704 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12705 remove its target-side condition. */
12707 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12708 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12709 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12710 this one from the target. */
12712 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12713 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
12716 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
12717 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
12720 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
12722 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
12724 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12725 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12726 supported, but the latter are. */
12727 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12729 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
12730 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
12733 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12734 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12736 if (loc2 != old_loc
12737 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
12739 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
12740 keep_in_target = 1;
12748 if (!keep_in_target)
12750 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
12752 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12753 this location on the global list, and try to
12754 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12755 reason why we will succeed next time.
12757 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12758 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12759 only after calling us. */
12760 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12761 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12762 old_loc->owner->number);
12770 if (removed && non_stop
12771 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
12772 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
12774 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12775 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12776 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12777 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12778 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12779 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12780 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12781 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12782 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12783 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12784 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12785 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12786 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12787 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12790 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12791 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12793 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12794 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12795 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12796 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12797 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12798 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12799 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12800 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12801 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12802 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12803 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12804 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12805 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12808 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12809 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12810 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12811 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12813 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12814 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12815 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12816 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12817 traps we can no longer explain. */
12819 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12820 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12822 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
12826 old_loc->owner = NULL;
12827 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
12832 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12833 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12834 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12835 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12836 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12837 are sorted first for the same address.
12839 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12840 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12842 bp_loc_first = NULL;
12843 wp_loc_first = NULL;
12844 awp_loc_first = NULL;
12845 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
12846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
12848 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12850 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
12853 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc)
12854 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
12855 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12856 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12857 `struct bp_location'. */
12858 || is_tracepoint (b))
12860 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12861 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12865 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12866 if (loc->permanent && ! loc->inserted)
12867 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12868 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12869 "actually inserted"));
12871 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
12872 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
12873 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
12874 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
12875 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
12876 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
12878 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
12880 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
12881 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
12882 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
12884 *loc_first_p = loc;
12885 loc->duplicate = 0;
12887 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
12889 loc->needs_update = 1;
12890 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12891 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12897 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12898 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12899 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12901 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
12902 loc->duplicate = 1;
12904 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12905 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
12907 if (loc->inserted && !loc->permanent
12908 && (*loc_first_p)->permanent)
12909 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12910 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12911 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12914 if (insert_mode == UGLL_INSERT || breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12916 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12917 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12920 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12921 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12922 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12923 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12924 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12926 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12930 if (insert_mode != UGLL_DONT_INSERT)
12931 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12933 do_cleanups (cleanups);
12937 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12939 struct bp_location *loc;
12942 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
12943 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
12945 decref_bp_location (&loc);
12946 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
12952 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode)
12954 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
12956 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
12957 update_global_location_list (insert_mode);
12960 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12963 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
12967 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
12968 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
12970 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
12971 bs->old_val = NULL;
12972 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12976 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12978 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
12980 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
12982 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
12986 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12990 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
12992 struct value_print_options opts;
12994 get_user_print_options (&opts);
12996 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12998 if (b->loc == NULL)
13000 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
13004 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->symtab == NULL)
13006 printf_filtered (" at ");
13007 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
13010 if (b->loc->symtab != NULL)
13012 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
13014 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
13015 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
13016 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b->loc->symtab),
13017 b->loc->line_number);
13019 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
13020 different file name, and this at least reflects the
13021 real situation somewhat. */
13022 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
13027 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
13029 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
13031 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
13036 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
13039 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
13041 xfree (self->cond);
13042 if (self->cond_bytecode)
13043 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
13044 xfree (self->function_name);
13046 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.conditions);
13047 VEC_free (agent_expr_p, self->target_info.tcommands);
13050 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
13055 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
13059 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13061 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
13062 xfree (self->cond_string);
13063 xfree (self->extra_string);
13064 xfree (self->addr_string);
13065 xfree (self->filter);
13066 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
13069 static struct bp_location *
13070 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
13072 struct bp_location *loc;
13074 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
13075 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
13080 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13082 /* Nothing to re-set. */
13085 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
13086 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
13089 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13091 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13095 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13097 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13101 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13102 struct address_space *aspace,
13104 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13106 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13110 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
13115 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13119 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
13121 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13124 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
13128 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13130 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13133 static enum print_stop_action
13134 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
13136 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13140 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13141 struct ui_out *uiout)
13147 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13149 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13153 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
13155 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13159 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13160 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13161 enum bptype type_wanted,
13165 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13169 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13170 struct linespec_result *c,
13172 char *extra_string,
13173 enum bptype type_wanted,
13174 enum bpdisp disposition,
13176 int task, int ignore_count,
13177 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
13178 int from_tty, int enabled,
13179 int internal, unsigned flags)
13181 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13185 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13186 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13188 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13191 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13194 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint *b, enum gdb_signal sig)
13199 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13202 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13204 /* Nothing to do. */
13207 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
13209 base_breakpoint_dtor,
13210 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
13211 base_breakpoint_re_set,
13212 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
13213 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
13214 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
13215 base_breakpoint_check_status,
13216 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
13217 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
13218 base_breakpoint_print_it,
13220 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
13221 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
13222 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
13223 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
13224 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
13225 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
13226 base_breakpoint_explains_signal,
13227 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true,
13230 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13233 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13235 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13236 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
13238 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13239 delete_breakpoint (b);
13243 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13247 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13249 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13250 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13252 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13256 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13258 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
13259 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13261 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
13265 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13266 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13267 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13269 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13270 || ws->value.sig != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP)
13273 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
13277 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
13278 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
13279 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
13286 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13287 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13288 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13290 if (dprintf_style == dprintf_style_agent
13291 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13293 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13294 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13295 be set at the same address. */
13299 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
13303 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
13305 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
13310 static enum print_stop_action
13311 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13313 struct breakpoint *b;
13314 const struct bp_location *bl;
13316 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13318 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
13320 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
13321 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13323 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
13324 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
13325 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
13328 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
13330 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13332 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
13333 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13335 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
13336 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
13337 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
13339 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
13340 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
13342 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
13346 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13348 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13353 case bp_breakpoint:
13354 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
13355 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
13356 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13358 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13359 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13360 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
13361 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13363 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
13364 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
13367 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b->number);
13375 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13377 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13378 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
13379 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
13380 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
13381 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
13382 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
13383 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
13384 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13385 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
13387 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13388 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
13390 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
13391 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13395 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13396 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13397 enum bptype type_wanted,
13398 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13400 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13401 addr_start, copy_arg);
13405 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13406 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13408 char *extra_string,
13409 enum bptype type_wanted,
13410 enum bpdisp disposition,
13412 int task, int ignore_count,
13413 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13414 int from_tty, int enabled,
13415 int internal, unsigned flags)
13417 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13418 cond_string, extra_string,
13420 disposition, thread, task,
13421 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13422 enabled, internal, flags);
13426 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13427 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13429 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13432 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13435 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13439 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13440 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13441 case bp_overlay_event:
13442 case bp_longjmp_master:
13443 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13444 case bp_exception_master:
13445 delete_breakpoint (b);
13448 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13449 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13450 case bp_shlib_event:
13452 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13453 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13454 case bp_thread_event:
13460 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13462 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
13464 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13465 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13466 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13467 objects (among other things). */
13468 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
13469 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
13475 static enum print_stop_action
13476 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13478 struct breakpoint *b;
13480 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13484 case bp_shlib_event:
13485 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13486 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13487 to shlib event" message.) */
13488 print_solib_event (0);
13491 case bp_thread_event:
13492 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13493 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13494 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13497 case bp_overlay_event:
13498 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13499 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13502 case bp_longjmp_master:
13503 /* These should never be enabled. */
13504 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13507 case bp_std_terminate_master:
13508 /* These should never be enabled. */
13509 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13510 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13513 case bp_exception_master:
13514 /* These should never be enabled. */
13515 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13516 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13520 return PRINT_NOTHING;
13524 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13526 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13529 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13532 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13534 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13535 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13536 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13537 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13541 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
13543 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13546 static enum print_stop_action
13547 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
13549 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
13551 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
13553 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
13558 ui_out_field_string
13560 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
13564 ui_out_field_string
13566 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
13571 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
13575 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13577 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13580 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13582 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13583 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13586 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
13588 struct thread_info *tp = find_thread_id (self->thread);
13591 tp->initiating_frame = null_frame_id;
13593 momentary_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
13596 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13599 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13601 int v = bkpt_insert_location (bl);
13605 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13607 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore != NULL)
13608 bl->probe.probe->pops->set_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13617 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
13619 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13620 if (bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore != NULL)
13621 bl->probe.probe->pops->clear_semaphore (bl->probe.probe,
13625 return bkpt_remove_location (bl);
13629 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13630 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13631 enum bptype type_wanted,
13632 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13634 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13636 lsal.sals = parse_probes (arg, canonical);
13638 *copy_arg = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13639 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13641 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13645 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13646 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13648 *sals = parse_probes (s, NULL);
13650 error (_("probe not found"));
13653 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13656 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13658 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13662 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
13663 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
13664 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
13666 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13672 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
13673 struct ui_out *uiout)
13675 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13676 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
13678 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
13680 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
13681 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13682 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13683 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
13688 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
13690 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
13695 case bp_tracepoint:
13696 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13697 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13699 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
13700 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13701 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13703 case bp_static_tracepoint:
13704 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13705 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
13708 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13709 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
13716 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
13718 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
13720 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
13721 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
13722 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
13723 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
13724 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
13725 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
13727 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
13728 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
13730 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
13731 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
13733 if (tp->pass_count)
13734 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
13738 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13739 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13740 enum bptype type_wanted,
13741 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13743 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13744 addr_start, copy_arg);
13748 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13749 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13751 char *extra_string,
13752 enum bptype type_wanted,
13753 enum bpdisp disposition,
13755 int task, int ignore_count,
13756 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13757 int from_tty, int enabled,
13758 int internal, unsigned flags)
13760 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical,
13761 cond_string, extra_string,
13763 disposition, thread, task,
13764 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13765 enabled, internal, flags);
13769 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13770 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13772 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
13775 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
13777 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13781 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13782 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13783 enum bptype type_wanted,
13784 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13786 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13787 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
13788 addr_start, copy_arg);
13792 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13793 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13795 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13796 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b, s, sals);
13799 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
13801 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13804 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
13806 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
13808 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13809 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13810 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13811 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13813 if (b->loc != NULL && b->extra_string == NULL)
13814 error (_("Format string required"));
13816 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13817 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13818 3 - disconnect from target 1
13819 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13821 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13822 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13823 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13824 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13825 it all the time. */
13826 if (b->extra_string != NULL)
13827 update_dprintf_command_list (b);
13830 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13833 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
13835 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "dprintf %s%s", tp->addr_string,
13837 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
13840 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13843 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13844 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13845 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13846 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13847 address are all handled. */
13850 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats *bs)
13852 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13853 struct bpstats tmp_bs = { NULL };
13854 struct bpstats *tmp_bs_p = &tmp_bs;
13856 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13857 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13858 condition not be evaluated. */
13861 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13862 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13863 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13864 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13865 commands here throws. */
13866 tmp_bs.commands = bs->commands;
13867 bs->commands = NULL;
13868 old_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs.commands);
13870 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p);
13872 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13873 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13875 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13878 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13882 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
13883 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13884 enum bptype type_wanted,
13885 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13887 struct linespec_sals lsal;
13889 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
13891 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
13893 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13894 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
13895 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
13899 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13900 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13902 char *extra_string,
13903 enum bptype type_wanted,
13904 enum bpdisp disposition,
13906 int task, int ignore_count,
13907 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13908 int from_tty, int enabled,
13909 int internal, unsigned flags)
13912 struct linespec_sals *lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals,
13913 canonical->sals, 0);
13915 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13916 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13917 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13918 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13919 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13920 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13922 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
13924 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
13925 struct tracepoint *tp;
13926 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13929 expanded.nelts = 1;
13930 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
13932 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
13933 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
13935 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
13936 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
13938 cond_string, extra_string,
13939 type_wanted, disposition,
13940 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
13941 from_tty, enabled, internal, flags,
13942 canonical->special_display);
13943 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13944 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13945 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13946 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13947 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13948 corresponds to this one */
13949 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
13951 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
13953 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
13958 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13959 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13961 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
13963 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
13964 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
13966 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
13970 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
13973 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13976 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
13978 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
13981 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13985 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13987 struct breakpoint *b;
13989 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
13991 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13992 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13995 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13996 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13997 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13998 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13999 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
14002 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
14003 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
14004 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
14005 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
14007 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
14010 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
14011 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
14012 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
14014 struct breakpoint *related;
14015 struct watchpoint *w;
14017 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14018 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
14019 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14020 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
14024 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
14026 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
14027 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
14028 related = related->related_breakpoint);
14029 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
14030 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
14033 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
14034 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
14035 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
14036 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
14038 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
14040 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
14041 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
14043 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14044 if (b->next == bpt)
14046 b->next = bpt->next;
14050 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
14052 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
14053 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
14054 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
14055 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
14056 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
14057 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
14058 commands won't work. */
14060 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
14062 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
14063 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
14064 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
14065 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
14066 might be better design to have location completely
14067 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
14068 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14070 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
14071 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
14072 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
14073 bpt->type = bp_none;
14078 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
14080 delete_breakpoint (b);
14084 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
14086 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
14089 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
14090 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
14093 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
14094 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14098 struct breakpoint *related;
14103 struct breakpoint *next;
14105 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
14106 next = related->related_breakpoint;
14108 if (next == related)
14110 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
14111 function (related, data);
14113 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
14114 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
14119 function (related, data);
14123 while (related != b);
14127 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14129 delete_breakpoint (b);
14132 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14133 delete_breakpoint. */
14136 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14138 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14142 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14144 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14150 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14152 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
14153 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
14154 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
14155 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14156 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14158 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14162 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14164 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14166 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14167 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
14168 delete_breakpoint (b);
14172 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14176 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
14178 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
14179 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
14180 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14185 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14186 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14187 Null names are ignored. */
14190 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
14192 struct bp_location *l;
14193 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
14194 (int (*) (const void *,
14195 const void *)) streq,
14196 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
14198 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
14201 const char *name = l->function_name;
14203 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14207 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
14209 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14213 htab_delete (htab);
14219 htab_delete (htab);
14223 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14224 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14225 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14226 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14227 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14228 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14229 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14230 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14233 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14234 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14235 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14236 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14237 in the sources, and output a warning.
14239 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14240 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14241 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14242 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14243 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14246 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14247 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14248 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14249 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14250 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14251 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14252 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14253 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14254 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14256 static struct symtab_and_line
14257 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
14259 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14260 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
14265 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
14267 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
14269 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
14270 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14272 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
14274 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14275 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
14276 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
14281 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14283 if (!sal.explicit_pc
14285 && sal.symtab != NULL
14286 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
14288 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
14291 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14293 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
14295 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
14296 struct symbol *sym;
14297 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
14298 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14300 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
14302 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14303 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
14305 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14306 "found at previous line number"),
14307 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
14311 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
14313 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
14314 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
14315 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
14318 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
14319 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
14320 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
14322 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file",
14323 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab));
14324 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
14326 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
14328 const char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
14330 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
14333 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
14334 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
14336 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
14337 b->loc->symtab = sym != NULL ? sal2.symtab : NULL;
14339 xfree (b->addr_string);
14340 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14341 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2.symtab),
14342 b->loc->line_number);
14344 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14347 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
14353 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14354 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14357 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
14361 if (a->address != b->address)
14364 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
14367 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
14374 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
14380 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14381 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14382 a ranged breakpoint. */
14385 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
14386 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
14387 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
14390 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
14392 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
14394 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14396 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14397 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14398 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14399 "multiple locations found\n"),
14404 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14405 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14406 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14407 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14408 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14409 individual locations. */
14410 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
14415 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14417 struct bp_location *new_loc;
14419 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
14421 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
14423 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14425 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
14428 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14430 s = b->cond_string;
14431 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14433 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, sals.sals[i].pc,
14434 block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
14439 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14440 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14441 b->number, e.message);
14442 new_loc->enabled = 0;
14446 if (sals_end.nelts)
14448 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
14450 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
14454 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14457 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
14458 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14459 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14460 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14461 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14462 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14463 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
14465 for (; e; e = e->next)
14467 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
14469 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
14470 if (have_ambiguous_names)
14472 for (; l; l = l->next)
14473 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
14481 for (; l; l = l->next)
14482 if (l->function_name
14483 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
14493 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
14494 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14496 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
14499 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14500 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14502 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14503 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
14506 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
14507 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
14509 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
14512 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
14514 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
14518 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
14519 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14520 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14521 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14522 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14523 state, then user already saw the message about that
14524 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14526 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14527 && (b->condition_not_parsed
14528 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
14529 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
14530 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
14531 not_found_and_ok = 1;
14533 if (!not_found_and_ok)
14535 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14536 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14537 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14538 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14539 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14540 which approach is better. */
14541 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14542 throw_exception (e);
14546 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
14550 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
14551 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
14552 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
14554 char *cond_string, *extra_string;
14557 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
14558 &cond_string, &thread, &task,
14561 b->cond_string = cond_string;
14562 b->thread = thread;
14565 b->extra_string = extra_string;
14566 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
14569 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
14570 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
14580 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14581 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14585 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
14588 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
14589 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
14590 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
14592 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
14595 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
14599 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
14601 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
14604 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
14605 expanded_end = sals_end;
14609 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
14612 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14613 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14616 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
14617 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14618 enum bptype type_wanted,
14619 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
14621 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
14624 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14625 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14629 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
14630 struct linespec_result *canonical,
14632 char *extra_string,
14633 enum bptype type_wanted,
14634 enum bpdisp disposition,
14636 int task, int ignore_count,
14637 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
14638 int from_tty, int enabled,
14639 int internal, unsigned flags)
14641 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
14643 type_wanted, disposition,
14644 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
14645 enabled, internal, flags);
14648 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14649 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14652 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
14653 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
14655 struct linespec_result canonical;
14657 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
14658 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
14659 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
14660 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
14663 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14664 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
14666 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
14668 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
14670 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
14671 *sals = lsal->sals;
14672 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14674 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
14677 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
14680 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14682 static struct cleanup *
14683 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
14685 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14687 input_radix = b->input_radix;
14688 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
14689 if (b->pspace != NULL)
14690 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
14691 set_language (b->language);
14696 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14697 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14698 Unused in this case. */
14701 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
14703 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14704 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
14705 struct cleanup *cleanups;
14707 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
14708 b->ops->re_set (b);
14709 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14713 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14715 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14717 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14718 enum language save_language;
14719 int save_input_radix;
14720 struct cleanup *old_chain;
14722 save_language = current_language->la_language;
14723 save_input_radix = input_radix;
14724 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
14726 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14728 /* Format possible error msg. */
14729 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14731 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
14732 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
14733 do_cleanups (cleanups);
14735 set_language (save_language);
14736 input_radix = save_input_radix;
14738 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14740 do_cleanups (old_chain);
14742 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14743 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14744 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14745 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14748 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14750 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14751 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14753 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
14755 if (b->thread != -1)
14757 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
14758 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
14760 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14761 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14762 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14764 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
14768 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14769 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14770 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14773 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
14775 struct breakpoint *b;
14780 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14781 if (b->number == bptnum)
14783 if (is_tracepoint (b))
14785 if (from_tty && count != 0)
14786 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14791 b->ignore_count = count;
14795 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14796 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14798 else if (count == 1)
14799 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14802 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14803 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14806 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
14810 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
14813 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14816 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14822 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14824 num = get_number (&p);
14826 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
14828 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14830 set_ignore_count (num,
14831 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
14834 printf_filtered ("\n");
14837 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14838 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14841 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
14846 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
14848 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14851 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14853 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14855 while (!state.finished)
14857 const char *p = state.string;
14861 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
14864 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
14868 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
14869 if (b->number == num)
14872 function (b, data);
14876 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
14881 static struct bp_location *
14882 find_location_by_number (char *number)
14884 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
14888 struct breakpoint *b;
14889 struct bp_location *loc;
14894 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
14896 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14898 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14899 if (b->number == bp_num)
14904 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
14905 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
14908 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
14910 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
14914 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
14917 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
14923 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14924 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14925 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14928 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
14930 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14931 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14932 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14933 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
14936 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
14938 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14939 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14941 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14942 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
14944 struct bp_location *location;
14946 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
14947 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
14950 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
14952 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
14955 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14958 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14960 disable_breakpoint (b);
14963 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14964 disable_breakpoint. */
14967 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
14969 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
14973 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14977 struct breakpoint *bpt;
14979 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
14980 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
14981 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
14985 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
14989 if (strchr (num, '.'))
14991 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
14998 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15000 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15001 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15002 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15003 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
15005 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT);
15008 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
15009 num = extract_arg (&args);
15015 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
15018 int target_resources_ok;
15020 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
15023 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
15024 target_resources_ok =
15025 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
15027 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
15028 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
15029 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
15030 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
15033 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
15035 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
15036 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
15037 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
15039 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15041 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
15043 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
15044 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15045 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
15049 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
15050 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
15056 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
15058 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
15059 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15061 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15062 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
15064 struct bp_location *location;
15066 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
15067 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
15070 bpt->disposition = disposition;
15071 bpt->enable_count = count;
15072 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15074 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
15079 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
15081 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
15085 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15087 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15090 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
15091 enable_breakpoint. */
15094 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
15096 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15099 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15100 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15101 in stopping the inferior. */
15104 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15108 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15110 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15111 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
15112 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
15116 char *num = extract_arg (&args);
15120 if (strchr (num, '.'))
15122 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (num);
15129 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
15131 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15132 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
15133 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
15134 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
15136 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT);
15139 map_breakpoint_numbers (num, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
15140 num = extract_arg (&args);
15145 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15155 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
15157 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
15159 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
15163 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15165 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
15167 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15171 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15173 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
15177 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
15179 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
15181 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15185 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15187 int count = get_number (&args);
15189 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
15193 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
15195 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
15197 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
15201 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15203 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15207 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15212 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
15216 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15217 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15221 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior *inferior,
15222 CORE_ADDR addr, ssize_t len,
15223 const bfd_byte *data)
15225 struct breakpoint *bp;
15227 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15228 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
15229 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
15231 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
15233 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
15235 struct bp_location *loc;
15237 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15238 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15239 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
15240 && addr + len > loc->address)
15242 value_free (wp->val);
15250 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15253 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
15254 struct address_space *aspace,
15257 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
15258 struct symtab_and_line sal;
15259 CORE_ADDR pc = next_pc;
15261 if (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints == NULL)
15263 tp->control.single_step_breakpoints
15264 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp->num, gdbarch);
15267 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
15269 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
15270 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
15271 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp->control.single_step_breakpoints, &sal);
15273 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT);
15276 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15279 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint *bp,
15280 struct address_space *aspace,
15283 struct bp_location *loc;
15285 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
15287 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
15293 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15297 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
15300 struct breakpoint *bpt;
15302 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
15304 if (bpt->type == bp_single_step
15305 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt, aspace, pc))
15311 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15312 non-zero otherwise. */
15314 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
15316 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
15317 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
15318 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
15325 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15327 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15328 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15330 return inf_data->total_syscalls_count != 0;
15334 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
15336 struct breakpoint *bp;
15338 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
15339 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
15341 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
15343 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
15347 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
15349 if (syscall_number == iter)
15359 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15360 static VEC (char_ptr) *
15361 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
15362 const char *text, const char *word)
15364 const char **list = get_syscall_names (get_current_arch ());
15365 VEC (char_ptr) *retlist
15366 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, word, word);
15372 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15374 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15376 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
15378 tracepoint_count = num;
15379 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
15383 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15385 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15386 const char *arg_cp = arg;
15388 if (arg && probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp))
15389 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
15391 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15393 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15395 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15397 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15398 0 /* Ignore count */,
15399 pending_break_support,
15403 0 /* internal */, 0);
15407 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15409 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15411 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15413 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15414 0 /* Ignore count */,
15415 pending_break_support,
15416 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15419 0 /* internal */, 0);
15422 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15425 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15427 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
15429 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15430 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15431 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
15432 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
15434 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
15436 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15438 NULL, 0, NULL, 1 /* parse arg */,
15440 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
15441 0 /* Ignore count */,
15442 pending_break_support,
15446 0 /* internal */, 0);
15449 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15450 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15452 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
15453 static int next_cmd;
15456 read_uploaded_action (void)
15460 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
15467 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15468 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15469 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15470 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15471 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15473 struct tracepoint *
15474 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
15476 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
15477 struct tracepoint *tp;
15479 if (utp->at_string)
15480 addr_str = utp->at_string;
15483 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15484 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15485 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15487 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15488 "source location, using raw address"),
15490 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
15491 addr_str = small_buf;
15494 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15495 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
15496 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15497 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15500 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15502 utp->cond_string, -1, NULL,
15503 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15505 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
15506 0 /* Ignore count */,
15507 pending_break_support,
15508 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
15510 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
15512 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED))
15515 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15516 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
15517 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
15521 xsnprintf (small_buf, sizeof (small_buf), "%d %d", utp->pass,
15524 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
15527 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15528 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15529 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15531 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
15533 struct command_line *cmd_list;
15538 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
15540 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
15542 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
15543 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
15544 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15545 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15548 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15549 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
15550 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
15555 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15559 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
15561 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
15564 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
15566 if (num_printed == 0)
15568 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
15569 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15571 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
15574 default_collect_info ();
15577 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15578 Not supported by all targets. */
15580 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15582 enable_command (args, from_tty);
15585 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15586 Not supported by all targets. */
15588 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15590 disable_command (args, from_tty);
15593 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15595 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
15597 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
15603 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
15605 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15606 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15607 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15609 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15610 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15612 breaks_to_delete = 1;
15616 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15618 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15620 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
15621 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
15622 delete_breakpoint (b);
15626 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
15629 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15632 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
15634 tp->pass_count = count;
15635 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp->base);
15637 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15638 tp->base.number, count);
15641 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15643 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15644 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15645 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15648 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15650 struct tracepoint *t1;
15651 unsigned int count;
15653 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
15654 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15655 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15657 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15659 args = skip_spaces (args);
15660 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
15662 struct breakpoint *b;
15664 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15666 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15668 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15670 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15671 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15674 else if (*args == '\0')
15676 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL);
15678 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15682 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
15684 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
15685 while (!state.finished)
15687 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state);
15689 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
15694 struct tracepoint *
15695 get_tracepoint (int num)
15697 struct breakpoint *t;
15699 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15700 if (t->number == num)
15701 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15706 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15707 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15710 struct tracepoint *
15711 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
15713 struct breakpoint *b;
15715 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
15717 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
15719 if (t->number_on_target == num)
15726 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15727 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15728 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15729 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15731 struct tracepoint *
15732 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
15733 struct get_number_or_range_state *state)
15735 struct breakpoint *t;
15737 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
15741 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
15742 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
15744 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
15745 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
15747 tpnum = get_number (arg);
15751 if (instring && *instring)
15752 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15755 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15759 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
15760 if (t->number == tpnum)
15762 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
15765 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
15770 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
15772 if (b->thread != -1)
15773 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
15776 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
15778 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
15781 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15782 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15783 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15787 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
15788 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
15790 struct breakpoint *tp;
15792 struct cleanup *cleanup;
15793 struct ui_file *fp;
15794 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
15796 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
15797 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15799 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15800 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15802 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15803 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15806 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15807 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15812 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
15814 extra_trace_bits = 1;
15816 /* We can stop searching. */
15823 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15827 filename = tilde_expand (filename);
15828 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, filename);
15829 fp = gdb_fopen (filename, "w");
15831 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15832 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
15833 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
15835 if (extra_trace_bits)
15836 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
15838 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
15840 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15841 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
15844 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15845 if (filter && !filter (tp))
15848 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
15850 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15851 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15854 if (tp->cond_string)
15855 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
15857 if (tp->ignore_count)
15858 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
15860 if (tp->type != bp_dprintf && tp->commands)
15862 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
15864 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
15866 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
15867 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
15869 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
15871 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
15874 throw_exception (ex);
15876 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
15879 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
15880 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum\n");
15882 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15883 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15884 special, and not user visible. */
15885 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
15887 struct bp_location *loc;
15890 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
15892 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
15896 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
15897 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
15900 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
15901 do_cleanups (cleanup);
15904 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15907 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15909 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
15912 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15915 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
15917 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
15920 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15922 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
15923 all_tracepoints (void)
15925 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
15926 struct breakpoint *tp;
15928 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
15930 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
15937 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15938 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15939 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15941 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15942 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15943 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15944 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15945 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15946 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15947 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15948 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15949 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15950 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15951 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15953 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15954 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15956 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15957 conditions are different.\n\
15959 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15961 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15962 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
15964 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15965 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
15968 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
15969 cmd_sfunc_ftype *sfunc,
15970 completer_ftype *completer,
15971 void *user_data_catch,
15972 void *user_data_tcatch)
15974 struct cmd_list_element *command;
15976 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15978 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15979 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
15980 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15982 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
15984 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
15985 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
15986 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
15990 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
15992 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data *inf_data
15993 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf);
15995 inf_data->total_syscalls_count = 0;
15996 inf_data->any_syscall_count = 0;
15997 VEC_free (int, inf_data->syscalls_counts);
16001 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
16003 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
16004 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
16005 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", all_commands, gdb_stdout);
16008 struct breakpoint *
16009 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
16012 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
16014 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
16016 if ((*callback) (b, data))
16023 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
16024 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
16027 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
16029 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
16030 non-inline function. */
16031 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
16037 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
16038 have been inlined. */
16041 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
16042 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
16044 struct breakpoint *b;
16045 struct bp_location *bl;
16047 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
16049 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
16052 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
16054 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
16055 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
16063 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
16066 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
16068 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
16070 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
16071 if (loc->symtab != NULL && SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc->symtab) == objfile)
16072 loc->symtab = NULL;
16076 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
16078 static int initialized = 0;
16080 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
16086 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16087 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16088 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16089 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16090 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16091 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16092 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
16093 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
16094 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
16095 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
16096 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
16097 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
16099 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16100 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16101 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16102 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
16103 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16104 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16105 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16106 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
16108 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16109 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
16110 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16111 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
16112 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
16113 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
16114 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
16115 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
16116 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
16117 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
16119 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16120 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
16121 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16122 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
16123 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
16124 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
16125 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
16127 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16128 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16129 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16130 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
16131 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
16132 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
16133 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
16135 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16136 ops = &longjmp_breakpoint_ops;
16137 *ops = momentary_breakpoint_ops;
16138 ops->dtor = longjmp_bkpt_dtor;
16140 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16141 ops = &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16142 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
16143 ops->insert_location = bkpt_probe_insert_location;
16144 ops->remove_location = bkpt_probe_remove_location;
16145 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16146 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_probe_decode_linespec;
16149 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16150 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16151 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
16152 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
16153 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
16154 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
16155 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
16156 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
16157 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
16158 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
16159 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
16160 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
16161 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
16162 ops->explains_signal = explains_signal_watchpoint;
16164 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16165 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16166 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
16167 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
16168 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
16169 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
16170 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
16171 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
16172 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
16173 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
16174 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
16177 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16178 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16179 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
16180 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
16181 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
16182 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
16183 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
16184 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
16185 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
16186 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
16188 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16189 ops = &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops;
16190 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16191 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address;
16192 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec;
16194 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16195 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
16196 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
16197 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
16198 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
16199 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
16201 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16202 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
16203 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16204 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
16205 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
16206 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
16207 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
16208 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
16209 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
16210 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
16212 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16213 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
16214 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16215 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
16216 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
16217 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
16218 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
16219 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
16220 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
16221 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
16223 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16224 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
16225 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16226 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
16227 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
16228 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
16229 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
16230 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
16231 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
16232 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
16233 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
16235 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16236 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
16237 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16238 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
16239 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
16240 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
16241 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
16242 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
16243 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
16244 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
16245 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
16247 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16248 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
16249 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
16250 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
16251 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
16252 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
16253 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
16254 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
16255 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
16256 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
16257 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
16258 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
16260 ops = &dprintf_breakpoint_ops;
16261 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
16262 ops->re_set = dprintf_re_set;
16263 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
16264 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
16265 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
16266 ops->print_recreate = dprintf_print_recreate;
16267 ops->after_condition_true = dprintf_after_condition_true;
16268 ops->breakpoint_hit = dprintf_breakpoint_hit;
16271 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16273 static struct cmd_list_element *enablebreaklist = NULL;
16276 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16278 struct cmd_list_element *c;
16280 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16282 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
16283 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile);
16284 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
16285 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
16287 breakpoint_objfile_key
16288 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL, free_breakpoint_probes);
16290 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16291 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL,
16292 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup);
16294 breakpoint_chain = 0;
16295 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16296 before a breakpoint is set. */
16297 breakpoint_count = 0;
16299 tracepoint_count = 0;
16301 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
16302 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16303 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16305 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
16307 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
16308 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16309 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16310 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16311 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16312 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16313 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16314 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16316 c = add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
16317 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16318 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16319 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16320 set_cmd_completer (c, condition_completer);
16322 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
16323 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16324 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16325 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16326 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16328 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16329 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16331 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
16332 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16333 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16334 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16336 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16337 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16339 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
16340 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16341 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16342 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16344 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16345 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16347 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16348 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16349 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16350 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16351 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16352 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16353 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16355 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16356 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16357 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16358 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16359 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16360 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16362 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16364 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
16365 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16366 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16367 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16368 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16369 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
16371 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16372 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16373 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16376 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16377 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16378 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16381 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16382 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16383 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16384 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16387 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
16388 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16389 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16392 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
16393 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16394 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16397 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
16398 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16399 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16400 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16403 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16404 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16405 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16406 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16407 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16408 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
16409 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16410 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
16412 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
16413 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16414 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16415 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16416 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16418 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
16419 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16420 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16421 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16422 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16423 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16426 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16427 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16428 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16429 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16431 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16432 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16433 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
16434 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16435 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
16437 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
16438 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16439 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16440 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16442 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
16443 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16444 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16445 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16446 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16449 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
16450 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16451 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16452 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16453 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16454 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16456 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16457 is executing in.\n\
16459 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16460 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
16462 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
16463 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16464 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16465 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16467 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
16468 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
16469 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
16470 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
16473 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
16477 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
16478 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16479 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
16480 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
16481 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
16482 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
16483 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
16484 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
16485 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16486 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16487 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16488 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16489 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16490 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16491 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16492 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16494 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16495 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16496 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16497 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16498 breakpoint set."));
16501 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
16502 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16503 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16504 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16505 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16506 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16507 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16508 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16509 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16511 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16512 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16513 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16514 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16515 breakpoint set."));
16517 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16520 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
16521 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16522 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16523 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16524 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16525 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16526 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16527 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16528 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16530 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16531 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16532 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16533 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16534 breakpoint set."));
16536 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
16537 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16538 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16539 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16540 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16541 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16542 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16543 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16544 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16545 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16546 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16547 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16548 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16550 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16551 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16552 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16553 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16555 &maintenanceinfolist);
16557 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
16558 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16559 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
16560 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16562 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
16563 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16564 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
16565 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16567 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16568 catch_fork_command_1,
16570 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
16571 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
16572 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16573 catch_fork_command_1,
16575 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
16576 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
16577 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16578 catch_exec_command_1,
16582 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16583 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16584 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16585 catch_load_command_1,
16589 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16590 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16591 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16592 catch_unload_command_1,
16596 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16597 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16598 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16599 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16600 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16601 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16602 catch_syscall_command_1,
16603 catch_syscall_completer,
16607 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
16608 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16609 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16610 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16611 an expression changes.\n\
16612 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16613 the memory to which it refers."));
16614 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16616 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
16617 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16618 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16619 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16620 an expression is read.\n\
16621 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16622 the memory to which it refers."));
16623 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16625 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
16626 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16627 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16628 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16629 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16630 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16631 the memory to which it refers."));
16632 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
16634 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
16635 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16637 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16638 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16639 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
16640 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
16641 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16642 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16643 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16644 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16645 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16648 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
16649 &setlist, &showlist);
16651 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
16653 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16655 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
16656 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16658 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16659 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16660 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16662 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
16663 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16664 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16665 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
16667 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
16668 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16670 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16671 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16672 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16674 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
16675 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16677 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16678 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16679 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16680 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16681 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16682 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16683 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16684 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16685 the selected stack frame.\n\
16686 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16687 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16688 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16689 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16691 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16693 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16694 conditions are different.\n\
16696 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16697 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16698 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16700 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
16701 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16702 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16703 last tracepoint set."));
16705 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16707 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
16708 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16709 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16710 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16712 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace, 1, &deletelist);
16714 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
16715 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16716 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16717 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16719 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
16721 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
16722 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16723 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16724 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16726 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
16728 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
16729 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16730 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16731 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16732 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16734 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
16735 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16736 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
16737 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
16739 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
16740 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16741 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16742 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16743 session to restore them."),
16745 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16747 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
16748 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16749 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16751 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
16753 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
16754 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
16756 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16757 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16758 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16759 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16760 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
16761 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
16762 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
16763 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16764 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16765 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16766 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
16767 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
16769 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
16770 &pending_break_support, _("\
16771 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16772 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16773 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16774 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16775 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16776 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16778 show_pending_break_support,
16779 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16780 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16782 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
16784 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
16785 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
16786 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16787 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16788 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16789 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16790 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16792 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
16793 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16794 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16796 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
16797 &always_inserted_mode, _("\
16798 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16799 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16800 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16801 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16802 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16803 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16804 when execution stops."),
16806 &show_always_inserted_mode,
16807 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16808 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16810 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
16811 condition_evaluation_enums,
16812 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
16813 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16814 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16815 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16816 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16817 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16818 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16819 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16820 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16821 be set to \"gdb\""),
16822 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
16823 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
16824 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
16825 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
16827 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
16828 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16829 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16830 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16831 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16832 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16833 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16834 or the start of the range\n\
16835 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16836 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16837 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16839 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16840 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16841 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16843 c = add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint, dprintf_command, _("\
16844 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16845 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16846 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16847 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16848 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16849 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
16851 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support,
16852 dprintf_style_enums, &dprintf_style, _("\
16853 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16854 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16855 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16856 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16857 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16858 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16859 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16860 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16861 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16862 &setlist, &showlist);
16864 dprintf_function = xstrdup ("printf");
16865 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support,
16866 &dprintf_function, _("\
16867 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16868 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16869 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16870 &setlist, &showlist);
16872 dprintf_channel = xstrdup ("");
16873 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support,
16874 &dprintf_channel, _("\
16875 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16876 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL,
16877 update_dprintf_commands, NULL,
16878 &setlist, &showlist);
16880 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class,
16881 &disconnected_dprintf, _("\
16882 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16883 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16884 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16885 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16888 &setlist, &showlist);
16890 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars, agent_printf_command, _("\
16891 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16892 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16894 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
16896 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
16897 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints);